RELEASE_NOTES revision 111823
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.113 2003/02/11 19:17:41 gshapiro Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
10	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
11		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
12		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
13		of ISS X-Force.
14	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
15		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
16		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
17		Stanford University Compilation Group.
18	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
19		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
20	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
21		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
22		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
23	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
24		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
25	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
26		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
27		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
28
298.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
30	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
31		across various connections.  This could cause session
32		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
33		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
34		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
35	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
36		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
37		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
38	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
39		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
40		Erik Parker.
41	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
42		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
43		is used.
44	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
45		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
46	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
47		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
48		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
49		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
50		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
51	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
52		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
53	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
54		of 11 or higher.
55	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
56		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
57	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
58		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
59		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
60		to be run even if Runners=0.
61	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
62		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
63		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
64	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
65		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
66	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
67		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
68	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
69		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
70	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
71		by John Majikes of IBM.
72	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
73		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
74	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
75		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
76		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
77	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
78		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
79		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
80	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
81		noted by Matthias Andree.
82	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
83		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
84	Portability:
85		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
86		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
87			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
88			an argument, hence the builtin version of
89			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
90			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
91			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
92		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
93			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
94		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
95			of the TrustedBSD Project.
96		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
97			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
98		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
99		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
100			Corporation.
101		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
102	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
103		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
104	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
105		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
106		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
107	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
108		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
109		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
110		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
111		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
112		in the file itself.
113	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
114		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
115		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
116		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
117	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
118	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
119		relay.
120	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
121		in access_db.
122	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
123	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
124		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
125		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
126	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
127		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
128		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
129	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
130		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
131		Sun Microsystems.
132	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
133		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
134	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
135		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
136		iDEFENSE, Inc.
137	New Files:
138		devtools/OS/Interix
139		include/sm/bdb.h
140
1418.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
142	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
143		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
144		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
145		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
146		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
147	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
148		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
149		Courtesan Consulting.
150	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
151		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
152		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
153	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
154		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
155		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
156	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
157		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
158		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
159		Earickson of Colby College.
160	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
161		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
162		Courtesan Consulting.
163	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
164		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
165	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
166		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
167		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
168	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
169		execve().
170	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
171		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
172		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
173	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
174		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
175		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
176		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
177		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
178	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
179		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
180		supposed for addresses on the header content.
181	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
182	Portability:
183		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
184			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
185			fix from Scott Walters.
186		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
187		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
188			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
189		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
190			NETISO support has been dropped.
191	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
192		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
193		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
194		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
195		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
196		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
197		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
198		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
199		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
200		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
201		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
202		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
203		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
204		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
205	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
206		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
207		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
208		University.
209	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
210		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
211	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
212		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
213	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
214		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
215	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
216		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
217		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
218	New Files:
219		contrib/etrn.0
220
2218.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
222	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
223		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
224		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
225		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
226		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
227		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
228	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
229		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
230		with rogue DNS servers.
231	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
232		by Bryan Costales.
233	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
234		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
235		Costales.
236	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
237		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
238		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
239		Polytechnic Institute.
240	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
241		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
242	Portability:
243		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
244			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
245			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
246			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
247		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
248			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
249			8.13 will change the default locking method to
250			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
251			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
252			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
253			related programs to match locking techniques.
254
2558.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
256	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
257		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
258		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
259		section of the top level README for more information.
260		Problem noted by lumpy.
261	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
262		instead of 0644.
263	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
264		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
265		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
266	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
267		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
268		Purdue University.
269	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
270		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
271		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
272	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
273		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
274		of Active State.
275	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
276		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
277		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
278	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
279		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
280		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
281		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
282	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
283		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
284	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
285		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
286	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
287		or the queue.
288	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
289		user who started sendmail.
290	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
291		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
292		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
293	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
294		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
295		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
296		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
297		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
298	Portability:
299		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
300			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
301			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
302		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
303			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
304			Charles University in Prague.
305		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
306			memory.
307	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
308		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
309	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
310		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
311		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
312	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
313		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
314	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
315		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
316		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
317		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
318		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
319	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
320		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
321		noted by Bryan Costales.
322	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
323		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
324	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
325		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
326	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
327		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
328	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
329		match dnsbl change.
330	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
331		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
332		installing the sendmail statistics file.
333	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
334		a user's filter starts other applications.
335	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
336		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
337	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
338		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
339		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
340	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
341		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
342	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
343		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
344		noted by Bryan Costales.
345	New Files:
346		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
347
3488.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
349	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
350		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
351		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
352		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
353		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
354		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
355		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
356		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
357		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
358		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
359		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
360		University.
361	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
362		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
363		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
364		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
365		of INTERMETA.
366	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
367		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
368	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
369		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
370	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
371		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
372		ActiveState.
373	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
374		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
375	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
376		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
377		Northern Illinois University.
378	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
379		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
380		of Dinoex.
381	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
382		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
383		Polytechnic Institute.
384	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
385		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
386		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
387	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
388		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
389		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
390	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
391		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
392	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
393		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
394	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
395		missing arguments.
396	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
397		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
398		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
399	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
400		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
401	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
402		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
403		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
404	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
405		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
406		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
407	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
408		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
409		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
410		of Concordia University.
411	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
412		found by Mario Nigrovic.
413	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
414		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
415		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
416		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
417	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
418		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
419		Elvers.
420	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
421		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
422		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
423		total number of TCP connections.
424	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
425		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
426		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
427	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
428		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
429	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
430		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
431		Texas.
432	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
433		to 451.
434	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
435		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
436		patch by Bryan Costales.
437	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
438		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
439	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
440		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
441		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
442		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
443		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
444		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
445		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
446		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
447	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
448		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
449		command).
450	Portability:
451		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
452			available.
453		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
454			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
455			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
456			Skyrr.
457		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
458			noted by John Beck.
459		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
460		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
461			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
462	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
463		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
464		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
465	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
466		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
467		error.
468	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
469		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
470		Krzysztof Oledzki.
471	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
472		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
473	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
474		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
475	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
476		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
477		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
478		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
479		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
480		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
481	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
482		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
483		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
484		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
485		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
486		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
487		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
488		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
489	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
490		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
491		noted by John Beck.
492	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
493		if queue groups are used.
494	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
495	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
496	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
497		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
498	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
499	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
500		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
501		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
502		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
503		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
504		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
505	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
506		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
507		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
508	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
509		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
510		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
511	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
512		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
513		ldap_memfree().
514	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
515		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
516	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
517		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
518	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
519		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
520		San Francisco.
521	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
522	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
523		Joe Barbish.
524	New Files:
525		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
526
5278.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
528	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
529		at startup, only log an error message.
530	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
531		following -b) has been specified.
532	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
533		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
534		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
535	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
536		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
537		Regensburg.
538	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
539		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
540		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
541		Institute of Mining and Technology.
542	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
543		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
544		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
545	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
546		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
547		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
548	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
549		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
550		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
551	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
552		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
553		SMTP connections.
554	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
555		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
556		and Technology.
557	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
558		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
559		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
560		Meteorological Institute.
561	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
562		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
563		Online.
564	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
565		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
566		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
567		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
568		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
569		types, respectively.
570	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
571		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
572		of Virginia Tech.
573	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
574		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
575		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
576	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
577		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
578	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
579		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
580	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
581		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
582		of Vienna.
583	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
584		of Sun Microsystems.
585	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
586		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
587		with servers that do not support realms when using
588		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
589	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
590		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
591		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
592	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
593		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
594		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
595	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
596	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
597		instead of forcing localhost.
598	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
599		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
600	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
601		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
602	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
603		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
604		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
605		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
606		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
607	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
608		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
609	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
610		Compaq Computer Corp.
611	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
612		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
613		Tech.
614	Portability:
615		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
616			patch provided by HP.
617		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
618			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
619		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
620			Sachin of Siemens.
621		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
622		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
623			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
624			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
625			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
626		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
627			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
628		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
629			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
630		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
631			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
632			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
633			Hewlett-Packard.
634		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
635			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
636			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
637		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
638			Virginia Tech.
639		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
640			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
641		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
642			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
643	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
644		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
645		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
646	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
647		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
648	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
649		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
650		Florida.
651	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
652		Altin Waldmann.
653	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
654		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
655		Hewlett-Packard.
656	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
657		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
658		of MSFU.
659	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
660		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
661		Institute.
662	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
663	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
664		to free memory twice.
665	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
666		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
667		of Sun Microsystems.
668	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
669		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
670		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
671		University of Athens.
672	New Files:
673		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
674		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
675		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
676		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
677		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
678		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
679		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
680		libsm/mpeix.c
681
6828.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
683	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
684		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
685		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
686		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
687		found by Michal Zalewski.
688	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
689		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
690		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
691		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
692	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
693		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
694	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
695		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
696		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
697	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
698		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
699		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
700	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
701		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
702		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
703		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
704		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
705	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
706		canonical name for a host.
707	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
708		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
709		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
710		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
711	Portability:
712		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
713			`uname` does not given complete information.
714			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
715			Aircraft Company.
716		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
717			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
718		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
719			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
720			Courtesan Consulting.
721	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
722		problems with potential misconfigurations.
723	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
724		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
725		Technology Organisation of Australia.
726	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
727		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
728		then use it.
729	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
730		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
731	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
732		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
733	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
734		and vacation.
735	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
736		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
737		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
738	New Files:
739		test/Build
740		test/Makefile
741		test/Makefile.m4
742		test/README
743		test/t_dropgid.c
744		test/t_setgid.c
745	Deleted Files:
746		include/sm/stdio.h
747		include/sm/sysstat.h
748
7498.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
750	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
751		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
752		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
753		default).  The installation process tries to install
754		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
755		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
756	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
757		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
758		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
759		flags:
760			GroupWritableForwardFile
761			WorldWritableForwardFile
762			GroupWritableIncludeFile
763			WorldWritableIncludeFile
764		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
765	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
766		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
767		(IdS).
768	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
769		point where the variable could become overused for more than
770		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
771		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
772		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
773		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
774	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
775		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
776		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
777		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
778		see sendmail/SECURITY.
779	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
780		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
781	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
782		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
783		sendmail/SECURITY.
784	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
785		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
786		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
787	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
788		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
789		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
790		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
791		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
792	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
793		command has been removed.
794	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
795		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
796	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
797		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
798		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
799		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
800	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
801		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
802		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
803		supported.
804	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
805		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
806		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
807		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
808		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
809		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
810		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
811		creation rather than just before delivery.
812	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
813		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
814		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
815		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
816		preference matches (coattail).
817	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
818		try other MX hosts if available.
819	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
820		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
821	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
822		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
823		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
824	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
825	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
826		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
827		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
828		removed in future versions.
829	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
830		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
831	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
832		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
833		doc/op/op.me for details.
834	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
835		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
836		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
837		of the presented certificate, respectively.
838	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
839	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
840		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
841	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
842		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
843		enough on a per recipient basis.
844	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
845		for STARTTLS.
846	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
847		value "NOT".
848	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
849		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
850	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
851		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
852	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
853		really required.  This change results in a noticable
854		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
855		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
856	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
857		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
858	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
859		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
860		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
861		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
862		command line, then the value also limits the number of
863		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
864		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
865		by a queue run.
866	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
867		system each queue directory resides in.
868	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
869	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
870	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
871		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
872		collected together) to process the same work list at the
873		same time.
874	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
875		active queue runner processes.
876	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
877		runners per queue group.
878	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
879		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
880		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
881		of the queue that match during processing.
882	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
883		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
884		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
885		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
886		persistent queue runner.
887	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
888		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
889		sendmail -q15m).
890	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
891		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
892	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
893		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
894	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
895		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
896	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
897		of the qf file (older entries first).
898	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
899		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
900		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
901		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
902	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
903		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
904	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
905		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
906		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
907		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
908		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
909	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
910		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
911		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
912	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
913		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
914		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
915		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
916		details.
917	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
918		the number of entries in the queue(s).
919	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
920		and the usual documentation for details.
921	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
922	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
923		announced in 8.10.
924	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
925	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
926		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
927		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
928	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
929		-r (number of retries).
930	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
931		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
932		and value separated by the given separator.
933	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
934		to map class arith.
935	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
936		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
937	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
938		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
939	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
940		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
941		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
942	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
943		filenames with spaces).
944	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
945	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
946		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
947		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
948		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
949		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
950		to the loopback net.
951	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
952	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
953		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
954	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
955		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
956	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
957		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
958	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
959		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
960		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
961		Development Group.
962	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
963		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
964		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
965		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
966		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
967		load average is exceeded.
968	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
969		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
970		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
971		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
972		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
973	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
974	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
975	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
976		instead.
977	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
978		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
979	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
980		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
981		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
982	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
983		for direct (command line) submissions.
984	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
985		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
986		Hagino of the KAME Project.
987	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
988		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
989		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
990	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
991		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
992		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
993		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
994	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
995		before logging.
996	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
997		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
998	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
999	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1000		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1001		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1002	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1003		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1004		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1005	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1006		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1007		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1008		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1009		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1010		See libsm/index.html for details.
1011	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1012		care of by fork() and exit().
1013	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1014		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1015		new and old (from new libsm).
1016	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1017		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1018	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1019	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1020		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1021		synchronizations calls.
1022	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1023	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1024	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1025		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1026	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1027		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1028		for details.
1029	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1030		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1031		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1032		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1033	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1034		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1035		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1036	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1037		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1038		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1039		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1040		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1041		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1042		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1043	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1044		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1045	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1046		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1047	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1048		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1049		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1050		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1051		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1052		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1053		Urbana-Champaign.
1054	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1055		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1056	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1057		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1058		connections.
1059	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1060		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1061		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1062		cf/README.
1063	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1064		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1065		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1066		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1067		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1068		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1069		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1070		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1071		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1072		example).
1073	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1074		the default schema used in the above two items.
1075	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1076		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1077		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1078	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1079		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1080		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1081	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1082		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1083		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1084		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1085		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1086	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1087		HELO/EHLO commands.
1088	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1089		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1090		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1091		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1092		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1093		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1094		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1095	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1096		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1097		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1098		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1099		(verbose) command line option.
1100	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1101		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1102		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1103		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1104	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1105		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1106		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1107	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1108		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1109		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1110	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1111		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1112		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1113		British Columbia.
1114	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1115		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1116	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1117		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1118		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1119		if required.
1120	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1121		class instead.
1122	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1123		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1124		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1125		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1126	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1127		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1128	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1129		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1130		Nelson of IBM.
1131	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1132		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1133		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1134		their defaults are:
1135		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1136		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1137		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1138		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1139		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1140		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1141		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1142	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1143		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1144	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1145		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1146		Meteorological Institute.
1147	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1148		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1149		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1150	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1151		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1152		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1153	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1154		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1155		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1156		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1157		See sendmail/README for further information.
1158	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1159		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1160		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1161	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1162		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1163		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1164	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1165		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1166	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1167		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1168		flora.ca.
1169	Portability:
1170		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1171			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1172			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1173		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1174			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1175			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1176			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1177			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1178			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1179		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1180			Solaris 8 and later.
1181		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1182	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1183	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1184	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1185	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1186	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1187		temporary lookup failures.
1188	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1189		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1190		or IP nets.
1191	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1192		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1193		to get through.
1194	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1195		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1196		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1197		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1198		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1199	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1200		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1201		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1202		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1203	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1204		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1205		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1206	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1207		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1208		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1209	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1210		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1211	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1212		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1213		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1214	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1215		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1216		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1217		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1218		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1219	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1220		cf/README for details.
1221	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1222		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1223		University of Maryland.
1224	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1225		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1226	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1227		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1228		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1229	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1230		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1231		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1232		Solving.
1233	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1234		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1235	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1236		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1237	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1238		immediately.
1239	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1240		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1241		See cf/README for details.
1242	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1243		temporary lookup failures.
1244	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1245		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1246	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1247		memory use.
1248	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1249		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1250		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1251		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1252		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1253	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1254		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1255	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1256		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1257	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1258		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1259	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1260		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1261		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1262		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1263	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1264	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1265		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1266		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1267		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1268		additional details.
1269	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1270		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1271		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1272		information.
1273	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1274		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1275		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1276	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1277		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1278		recipients as user unknown.
1279	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1280		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1281		section of cf/README for more information.
1282	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1283		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1284		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1285	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1286		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1287		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1288	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1289		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1290		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1291		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1292		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1293		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1294		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1295		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1296		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1297		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1298		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1299	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1300		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1301		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1302		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1303		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1304	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1305		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1306		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1307		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1308		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1309		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1310		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1311		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1312		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1313		doc/op/op.me for details.
1314	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1315		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1316		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1317	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1318		dequote map.
1319	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1320	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1321		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1322	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1323		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1324		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1325		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1326		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1327		This affects the access database as well as the
1328		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1329	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1330	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1331	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1332		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1333		Mississippi State University.
1334	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1335		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1336	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1337		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1338		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1339	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1340		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1341		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1342	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1343		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1344		systems which don't include cat directories.
1345	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1346	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1347		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1348		mailbox database type.
1349	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1350		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1351		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1352		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1353	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1354		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1355	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1356		instead of white space.
1357	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1358		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1359		Meteorological Institute.
1360	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1361	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1362		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1363	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1364		instead of syslog.
1365	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1366		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1367		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1368		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1369	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1370		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1371		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1372		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1373	New Directories:
1374		libmilter/docs
1375	New Files:
1376		cf/cf/README
1377		cf/cf/submit.cf
1378		cf/cf/submit.mc
1379		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1380		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1381		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1382		cf/feature/msp.m4
1383		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1384		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1385		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1386		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1387		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1388		cf/sendmail.schema
1389		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1390		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1391		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1392		editmap/*
1393		include/sm/*
1394		libsm/*
1395		libsmutil/cf.c
1396		libsmutil/err.c
1397		sendmail/SECURITY
1398		sendmail/TUNING
1399		sendmail/bf.c
1400		sendmail/bf.h
1401		sendmail/sasl.c
1402		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1403		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1404		sendmail/tls.c
1405	Deleted Files:
1406		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1407		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1408		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1409		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1410		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1411		include/sendmail/useful.h
1412		libsmutil/errstring.c
1413		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1414		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1415		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1416		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1417		sendmail/clock.c
1418	Renamed Files:
1419		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1420		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1421		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1422
14238.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1424	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1425		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1426		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1427	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1428		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1429		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1430		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1431		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1432	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1433		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1434		Werner Wiethege.
1435	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1436		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1437
14388.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1439	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1440		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1441		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1442		of SE Netway Communications.
1443	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1444		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1445	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1446		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1447		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1448		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1449	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1450		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1451	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1452		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1453		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1454		University College.
1455	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1456		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1457	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1458		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1459		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1460		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1461		University at Albany.
1462	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1463		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1464	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1465		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1466		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1467		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1468	Portability:
1469		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1470			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1471		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1472			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1473		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1474			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1475		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1476			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1477	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1478		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1479
14808.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1481	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1482		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1483		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1484		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1485		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1486		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1487	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1488		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1489		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1490	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1491		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1492		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1493	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1494		from Kenji Miyake.
1495	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1496		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1497	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1498		the same map again while exiting.
1499	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1500		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1501		of Tuebingen.
1502	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1503		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1504		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1505		Oklahoma State University.
1506	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1507		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1508		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1509	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1510		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1511		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1512		Morgan Stanley.
1513	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1514		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1515		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1516	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1517		from Werner Wiethege.
1518	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1519		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1520	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1521		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1522		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1523		Internet Services.
1524	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1525		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1526	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1527		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1528	Portability:
1529		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1530	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1531		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1532	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1533	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1534		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1535		Meteorological Institute.
1536	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1537		since it generates random process ids.
1538	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1539		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1540		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1541	New Files:
1542		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1543
15448.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1545	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1546		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1547		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1548		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1549	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1550		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1551		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1552		communications consulting gmbh.
1553	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1554		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1555	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1556		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1557		connection came in from the command line.
1558	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1559		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1560		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1561	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1562		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1563	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1564		when they were committed.
1565	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1566		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1567	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1568		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1569		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1570		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1571	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1572		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1573		University.
1574	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1575		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1576		accept() completes.
1577	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1578		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1579	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1580		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1581		Wellcome.
1582	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1583		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1584		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1585		University.
1586	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1587		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1588		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1589		University of New Brunswick.
1590	Portability:
1591		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1592			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1593			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1594		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1595			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1596		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1597			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1598			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1599		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1600			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1601			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1602	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1603		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1604	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1605		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1606	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1607		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1608		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1609		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1610		Institute.
1611	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1612		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1613		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1614	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1615		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1616	Renamed Files:
1617		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1618
16198.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1620	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1621		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1622		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1623		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1624		Schools" project (IdS).
1625	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1626		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1627		be enabled by compiling with:
1628		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1629		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1630		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1631	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1632		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1633	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1634		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1635		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1636		Colby College.
1637	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1638		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1639	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1640		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1641		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1642		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1643	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1644		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1645		NxNetworks, Inc.
1646	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1647		client name.
1648	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1649		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1650		the Universitat Regensburg.
1651	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1652		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1653		University of Arizona.
1654	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1655		of Collective Technologies.
1656	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1657		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1658		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1659		Engineering.
1660	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1661		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1662		Meteorological Institute.
1663	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1664		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1665	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1666		Meteorological Institute.
1667	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1668		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1669		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1670		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1671	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1672		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1673		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1674	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1675		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1676		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1677	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1678		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1679		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1680		counting.
1681	Portability:
1682		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1683			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1684			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1685		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1686			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1687		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1688			Rosenman.
1689		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1690			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1691		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1692			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1693			of Pacific Access.
1694		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1695			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1696		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1697			Microsystems.
1698	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1699		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1700		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1701	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1702		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1703	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1704		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1705	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1706		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1707	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1708		Virginia Tech.
1709	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1710		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1711		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1712	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1713	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1714		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1715		gmbh.
1716	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1717		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1718	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1719		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1720		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1721		of Kyoto University.
1722	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1723		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1724		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1725		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1726		version.
1727	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1728		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1729		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1730	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1731	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1732		or *-owner.
1733	New Files:
1734		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1735		contrib/buildvirtuser
1736		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1737
17388.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1739	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1740		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1741	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1742		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1743		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1744		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1745		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1746	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1747		wildcards.
1748	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1749		process may close the connection before the child process
1750		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1751		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1752		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1753	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1754		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1755	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1756		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1757		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1758		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1759	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1760		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1761		of EarthLink.
1762	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1763	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1764		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1765		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1766	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1767		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1768	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1769		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1770		Fournier of Acadia University.
1771	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1772		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1773		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1774		one of the others may be able to take over.
1775	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1776		previous load average query result.
1777	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1778		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1779		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1780		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1781	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1782		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1783	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1784		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1785		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1786	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1787		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1788	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1789		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1790		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1791	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1792		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1793	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1794		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1795		University of British Columbia.
1796	Portability:
1797		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1798			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1799			override the setting.  Suggested by
1800			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1801		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1802			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1803			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1804		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1805			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1806			College.
1807		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1808			Tom Moore of NCR.
1809		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1810			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1811		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1812			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1813			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1814		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1815			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1816			Consulting.
1817	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1818		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1819	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1820		errors in the MAIL address.
1821	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1822		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1823	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1824		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1825	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1826		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1827		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1828		Ericsson.
1829	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1830		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1831		mailer as described in cf/README.
1832	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1833		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1834	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1835		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1836	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1837		sendmail.
1838	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1839		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1840		Meteorological Institute.
1841	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1842	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1843		dot as the only character on the line.
1844	New Files:
1845		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1846
18478.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
1848	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1849		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1850		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1851		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
1852		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1853		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
1854		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1855	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1856		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
1857		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1858		Systems in this category should compile with
1859		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1860		system and report broken implementations to
1861		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
1862		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1863	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1864		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1865		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1866	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1867		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1868		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
1869		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1870	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1871		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1872		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
1873		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1874	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1875		random data.
1876	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1877		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1878		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1879	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1880		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
1881		Martin of CMU.
1882	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1883		strength factor.
1884	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1885		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
1886		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
1887		of CMU.
1888	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1889		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1890		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1891	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
1892		documented, unless a family is specified in a
1893		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
1894		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1895		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1896		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1897		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
1898		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1899	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1900		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1901		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1902		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1903		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
1904		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1905	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1906		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
1907		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
1908		of Sun Microsystems.
1909	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1910		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1911		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
1912		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1913		the incoming information in the queue file for later
1914		delivery attempts.
1915	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1916		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1917		smoe.org.
1918	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1919		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
1920		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1921	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1922		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1923	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1924		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1925		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
1926		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1927	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1928		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
1929		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1930	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1931		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1932		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1933		of Northern Illinois University.
1934	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
1935		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1936	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1937		to kilobyte units.
1938	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1939		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1940		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1941		Polytechnic.
1942	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1943		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1944		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
1945		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1946	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1947		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1948		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1949	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1950		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1951	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1952		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1953		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1954	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1955		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1956		G. Thomas Consulting.
1957	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1958		port number (113).
1959	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1960		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1961	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1962		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
1963		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1964	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1965		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1966		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1967		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1968	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1969		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1970		University of Mainz.
1971	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1972		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1973	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
1974		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1975	Portability:
1976		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1977			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
1978			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1979		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1980		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1981			work properly causing problems if the accept()
1982			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
1983			from Tom Moore of NCR.
1984		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
1985			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1986		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1987			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
1988			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1989			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1990			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1991	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1992		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1993	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1994		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
1995		confCACERT			CACERTFile
1996		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
1997		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
1998		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
1999		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2000		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2001		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2002	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2003		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2004		cf/README for more information.
2005	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2006	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2007		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2008	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2009		instead of temporary.
2010	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2011		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2012		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2013		Consulting.
2014	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2015		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2016		RootsWeb.com.
2017	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2018		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2019		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2020		University of Maryland.
2021	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2022		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2023	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2024		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2025		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2026		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2027		of the University of Alberta.
2028	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2029		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2030	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2031	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2032		of X.509 certificates.
2033	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2034		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2035		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2036		Universitat Regensburg.
2037	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2038		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2039	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2040		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2041	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2042		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2043	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2044		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2045		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2046	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2047		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2048	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2049		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2050		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2051		University.
2052	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2053	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2054		links.
2055	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2056		reported.
2057	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2058		Denman Tire Corporation.
2059	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2060		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2061	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2062	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2063		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2064	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2065		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2066	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2067		have a From line.
2068	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2069		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2070	Added Files:
2071		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2072		contrib/cidrexpand
2073		contrib/link_hash.sh
2074		contrib/movemail.conf
2075		contrib/movemail.pl
2076		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2077		test/t_snprintf.c
2078
20798.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2080	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2081		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2082		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2083		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2084		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2085	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2086		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2087	Added Files:
2088		test/t_setuid.c
2089
20908.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2091	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2092		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2093		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2094		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2095		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2096		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2097	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2098		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2099	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2100	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2101		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2102		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2103	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2104		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2105		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2106	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2107		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2108	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2109	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2110		or higher.
2111	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2112		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2113	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2114	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2115		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2116		Polytechnic Institute.
2117	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2118		discards the message.
2119	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2120		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2121		attempted to the alias.
2122	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2123		flag options.
2124	Portability:
2125		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2126			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2127			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2128			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2129			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2130		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2131			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2132		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2133			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2134		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2135		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2136			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2137		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2138			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2139			Services, LLC.
2140		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2141			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2142			Courtesan Consulting.
2143		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2144			Siemens Business Services.
2145	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2146		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2147		of WSRCC.
2148	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2149	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2150		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2151	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2152		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2153	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2154	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2155		of NEC.
2156	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2157		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2158	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2159		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2160		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2161		Virginia Tech.
2162	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2163		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2164		University.
2165	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2166		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2167		release.
2168	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2169		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2170		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2171		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2172	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2173		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2174		Sendmail.
2175	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2176		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2177		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2178	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2179		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2180	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2181		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2182		Northern Illinois University.
2183	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2184		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2185		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2186		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2187	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2188		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2189	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2190		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2191		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2192	Added Files:
2193		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2194		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2195	Deleted Files:
2196		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2197	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2198		doc/intro
2199		doc/usenix
2200		doc/changes
2201
22028.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2203	    *************************************************************
2204	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2205	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2206	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2207	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2208	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2209	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2210	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2211	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2212	    *								*
2213	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2214	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2215	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2216	    *************************************************************
2217	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2218		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2219		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2220		symbolic link target.
2221	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2222		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2223		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2224	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2225		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2226		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2227		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2228		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2229		version of sendmail.
2230	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2231		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2232		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2233		(IdS).
2234	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2235		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2236	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2237		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2238	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2239		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2240		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2241		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2242		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2243		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2244	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2245		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2246		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2247		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2248	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2249		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2250		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2251	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2252		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2253		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2254	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2255		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2256		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2257		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2258		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2259		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2260	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2261		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2262		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2263	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2264		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2265		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2266		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2267		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2268		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2269	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2270		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2271		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2272		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2273	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2274		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2275		accordingly.
2276	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2277		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2278		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2279		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2280		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2281		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2282		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2283	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2284		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2285		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2286		InCert Software.
2287	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2288		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2289		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2290	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2291		a control socket request.
2292	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2293		settings:
2294		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2295			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2296			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2297			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2298		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2299			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2300			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2301		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2302			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2303			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2304			delivery attempt.
2305		Timeout.resolver.retry
2306			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2307			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2308			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2309		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2310			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2311			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2312		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2313			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2314			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2315			delivery attempt.
2316		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2317	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2318		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2319		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2320		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2321		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2322		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2323		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2324		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2325		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2326		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2327	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2328		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2329		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2330		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2331		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2332		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2333		Telecommunications Ltd.
2334	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2335		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2336		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2337		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2338		Inc.
2339	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2340		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2341		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2342	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2343		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2344	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2345		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2346		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2347	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2348		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2349	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2350	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2351		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2352		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2353	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2354		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2355		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2356	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2357		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2358		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2359		Ltd.
2360	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2361		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2362		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2363		example mailer might be:
2364			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2365				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2366				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2367		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2368	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2369		instead.
2370	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2371		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2372		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2373		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2374	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2375		flags.
2376	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2377		body of the original message on delivery status
2378		notifications.
2379	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2380		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2381	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2382		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2383		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2384	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2385		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2386		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2387	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2388		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2389		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2390		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2391	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2392		Conwell of Boston University.
2393	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2394		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2395	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2396		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2397		@Home Network.
2398	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2399		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2400		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2401	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2402		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2403		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2404	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2405		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2406		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2407		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2408		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2409	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2410		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2411		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2412	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2413		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2414		Mathias Herberts.
2415	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2416		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2417		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2418		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2419		in check_compat).
2420	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2421		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2422		option.
2423	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2424	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2425		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2426	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2427		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2428	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2429	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2430		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2431	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2432		is set.
2433	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2434		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2435	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2436		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2437		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2438	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2439	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2440	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2441		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2442		a denial-of-service attack.
2443	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2444		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2445		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2446		overflow attacks.
2447	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2448		alias recursion.
2449	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2450	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2451	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2452		directly before the newline.
2453	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2454		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2455		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2456		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2457		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2458		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2459		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2460		could not be opened.
2461	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2462		value of this option is macro expanded.
2463	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2464		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2465	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2466		(along with the already existing macros):
2467		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2468		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2469		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2470		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2471		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2472		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2473		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2474	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2475		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2476		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2477		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2478		loopback net.
2479	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2480		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2481		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2482	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2483		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2484		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2485		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2486		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2487	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2488		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2489		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2490		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2491		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2492	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2493		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2494		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2495		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2496	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2497		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2498		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2499		Ericsson.
2500	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2501		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2502		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2503		of Ericsson.
2504	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2505		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2506		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2507	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2508		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2509		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2510	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2511		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2512		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2513		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2514	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2515		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2516	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2517		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2518	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2519		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2520		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2521	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2522	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2523		equate name.
2524	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2525		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2526	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2527		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2528	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2529		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2530		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2531		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2532		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2533		David Cooley of Colby College.
2534	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2535		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2536		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2537		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2538		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2539	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2540		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2541		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2542		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2543		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2544		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2545		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2546		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2547		of Stanford University.
2548	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2549		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2550	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2551		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2552		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2553		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2554		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2555		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2556		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2557	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2558		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2559		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2560		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2561	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2562	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2563		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2564	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2565		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2566		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2567		comma separated key and value strings.
2568	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2569		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2570		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2571		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2572		a single connection to that host.
2573	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2574	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2575		LDAP lookups.
2576	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2577		resources.
2578	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2579	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2580	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2581		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2582		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2583		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2584		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2585		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2586		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2587		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2588		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2589		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2590		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2591		with the name "*".
2592	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2593		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2594		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2595		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2596		matches to return.
2597	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2598		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2599		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2600		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2601		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2602		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2603		are defined.
2604	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2605		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2606		Tech.
2607	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2608		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2609		important if you have large classes.
2610	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2611		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2612		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2613	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2614		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2615		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2616		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2617		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2618		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2619	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2620		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2621		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2622		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2623		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2624		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2625		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2626		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2627	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2628		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2629		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2630		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2631		has no effect.
2632	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2633		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2634	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2635		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2636	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2637		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2638	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2639		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2640	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2641		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2642		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2643		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2644		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2645	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2646		10 or higher.
2647	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2648		information (from= syslog line).
2649	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2650		equate (dsn=).
2651	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2652	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
2653		information is available at
2654		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
2655		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2656	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2657		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2658		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2659	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2660		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2661	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2662		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2663		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2664		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2665		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2666		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2667	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2668		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2669		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2670	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2671		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2672		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2673	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2674		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2675		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2676	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2677		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2678	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2679		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2680		multiple files.
2681	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2682		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2683		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2684		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2685		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2686		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2687		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2688		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2689		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2690	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2691		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2692	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2693		length before the attempt.
2694	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2695		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2696		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2697		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2698		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2699	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2700		host status files, not all files.
2701	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2702		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2703		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2704		Wonderworks Inc.
2705	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2706		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2707		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2708		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2709		of Hannover.
2710	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2711		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2712		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2713		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2714		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2715		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2716	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2717		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2718		flag:
2719			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2720		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2721		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2722		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2723	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2724		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2725		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2726		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2727		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2728		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2729		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2730	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2731		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2732		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2733		version.
2734	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2735	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2736	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2737		if referencing a named ruleset.
2738	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2739		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2740	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2741		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2742		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2743		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2744		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2745		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2746		the University of Maryland.
2747	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2748		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2749	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2750		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2751	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2752		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2753		COMMANDS).
2754	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2755		but for outgoing connections.
2756	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2757		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2758			a	require authentication
2759			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2760				been received
2761			c	perform hostname canonification
2762			f	require fully qualified hostname
2763			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2764				command
2765			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2766			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2767	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2768			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2769	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2770	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2771		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2772		Institutes of Health.
2773	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2774		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2775	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2776	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2777		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2778	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2779	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2780		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2781	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2782		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2783	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2784		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2785		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2786	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2787		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2788		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2789	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2790	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2791		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2792		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2793	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2794		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2795		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2796		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2797		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2798	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2799		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2800		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2801		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2802		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2803		timeout.
2804	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2805		interface address structure when loading the system network
2806		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2807		Nanoteq.
2808	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2809		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2810		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2811		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2812		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2813	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2814		on load average.
2815	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2816		Northern Illinois University.
2817	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2818		envelope splitting has occurred.
2819	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2820		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2821	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2822	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2823		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2824		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2825		Institute.
2826	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2827		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2828		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2829	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2830		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2831		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2832		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2833	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2834		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2835	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2836		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2837	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2838		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2839	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
2840		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2841	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2842		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2843		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2844		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2845	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2846		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2847	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
2848		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2849	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2850		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2851		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2852		University.
2853	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2854		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2855		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2856	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2857		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
2858		ruleset lines as well.
2859	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2860		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2861		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
2862		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2863		Institute.
2864	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2865		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2866		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2867	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2868		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2869		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2870		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2871	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2872		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2873		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2874		of Ericsson.
2875	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2876		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2877		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2878		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2879	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2880		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2881		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
2882		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2883		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2884	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2885		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2886		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
2887		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2888	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2889		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
2890		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2891		University.
2892	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2893		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2894		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2895		'sendmail -bs'.
2896	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2897		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2898		them in the .cf file.
2899	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2900		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2901		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2902		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2903	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2904		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2905	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2906		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
2907		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2908	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2909		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2910		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
2911		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
2912		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2913	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
2914		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2915	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2916		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
2917		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2918	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
2919		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2920	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2921		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2922		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
2923	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2924		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
2925		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2926	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2927		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
2928		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
2929		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2930	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2931		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
2932		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
2933		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2934		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
2935		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2936	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2937		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
2938		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2939		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
2940		don't fail on ANY queries.
2941	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2942		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2943		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2944		Northern Illinois University.
2945	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2946		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2947		State University.
2948	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2949		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2950		Northern Illinois University.
2951	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2952		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2953	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2954	Portability:
2955		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2956			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2957			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2958			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
2959			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2960		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2961			This allows network interface probing to work
2962			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
2963			University of Iowa.
2964		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2965		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2966			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2967			name.
2968		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2969		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2970			Virginia Tech.
2971		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2972		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2973			Amsterdam.
2974		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2975		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2976			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2977		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2978			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2979			in building the operating system.  Users can
2980			override the defaults by setting confCC and
2981			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2982		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2983		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2984		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2985			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2986		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2987			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2988		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2989			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2990		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2991			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2992		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
2993			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2994		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2995			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2996			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2997		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2998		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2999			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3000			use that value in conf.h.
3001		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3002			BITart Consulting.
3003		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3004			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3005			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3006			Computer, Inc.
3007		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3008			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3009			of E I A.
3010		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3011			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3012		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3013			fchown(2).
3014		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3015			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3016		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3017			srandomdev(3).
3018		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3019			setlogin(2).
3020		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3021			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3022			Siemens Business Services.
3023		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3024			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3025			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3026		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3027			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3028		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3029			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3030			Aerospace.
3031		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3032			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3033			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3034		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3035			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3036			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3037			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3038			University.
3039		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3040			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3041			Technology Information Network.
3042		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3043			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3044		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3045		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3046			and OpenBSD.
3047		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3048			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3049			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3050			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3051	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3052		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3053		details.
3054	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3055		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3056	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3057	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3058		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3059		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3060	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3061		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3062		Courtesan Consulting.
3063	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3064	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3065		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3066		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3067	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3068		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3069		multiple times.
3070	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3071		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3072		with From:).
3073	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3074		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3075	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3076		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3077		new functionality.
3078	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3079		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3080		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3081		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3082		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3083		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3084		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3085		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3086		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3087		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3088		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3089		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3090		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3091		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3092		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3093		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3094		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3095		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3096		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3097		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3098		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3099		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3100		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3101		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3102	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3103		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3104		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3105	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3106		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3107		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3108		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3109		to "IPC $h".
3110	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3111		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3112		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3113	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3114		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3115		value should be changed with care.
3116	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3117		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3118	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3119		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3120		complain.
3121	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3122		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3123		of Q7 Enterprises.
3124	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3125		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3126		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3127		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3128	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3129		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3130		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3131		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3132		of Northern Illinois University.
3133	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3134		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3135		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3136	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3137		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3138		in it.
3139	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3140		in class 'P' ($=P).
3141	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3142		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3143		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3144		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3145		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3146		is added.
3147	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3148		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3149	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3150		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3151	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3152		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3153	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3154		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3155	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3156		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3157	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3158		Hubert of University of Washington.
3159	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3160		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3161		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3162	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3163	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3164		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3165		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3166	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3167		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3168		Services.
3169	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3170		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3171		Aerospace.
3172	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3173		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3174		University and Brian Candler.
3175	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3176		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3177	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3178		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3179		Institute.
3180	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3181		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3182	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3183		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3184		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3185	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3186		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3187	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3188		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3189		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3190	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3191		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3192		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3193	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3194		converted to <user@d>
3195	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3196		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3197	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3198		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3199		performed.
3200	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3201		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3202		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3203		Institute.
3204	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3205		be accessed by their numbers).
3206	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3207		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3208		of an address.
3209	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3210		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3211		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3212		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3213	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3214		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3215		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3216	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3217		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3218	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3219	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3220		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3221		Institute.
3222	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3223	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3224		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3225		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3226		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3227	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3228		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3229		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3230	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3231		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3232	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3233		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3234	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3235		University of California at Berkeley.
3236	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3237		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3238	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3239		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3240	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3241		Corporation UK.
3242	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3243	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3244		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3245		Yale University.
3246	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3247		be used for building.
3248	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3249		used for a fresh build.
3250	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3251	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3252		ranlib.
3253	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3254		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3255	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3256		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3257		Costales.
3258	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3259		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3260		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3261		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3262	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3263		of Siemens Business Services.
3264	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3265		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3266		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3267		torek.
3268	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3269		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3270		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3271		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3272		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3273	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3274		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3275		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3276		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3277		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3278	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3279		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3280		are in devtools/README.
3281	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3282		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3283	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3284		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3285		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3286		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3287	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3288		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3289		macro.
3290	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3291	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3292		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3293		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3294		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3295		Corporation.
3296	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3297		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3298		confMANROOTMAN.
3299	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3300		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3301		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3302	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3303		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3304		Communications.
3305	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3306		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3307	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3308		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3309		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3310	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3311		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3312		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3313	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3314		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3315		install-strip target.
3316	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3317		the others (if it exists).
3318	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3319		then the default ones.
3320	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3321		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3322		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3323		to set the S flag.
3324	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3325		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3326		Northern Illinois University.
3327	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3328		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3329		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3330	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3331		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3332		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3333		University.
3334	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3335		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3336		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3337		University.
3338	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3339		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3340		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3341		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3342		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3343		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3344		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3345		University.
3346	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3347		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3348		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3349	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3350		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3351		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3352		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3353		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3354		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3355		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3356		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3357		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3358		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3359		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3360	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3361		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3362		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3363	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3364		timeout to avoid starvation.
3365	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3366		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3367		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3368	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3369	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3370		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3371		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3372		of Maryland.
3373	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3374		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3375		sendmail configuration file.
3376	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3377		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3378		option.
3379	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3380		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3381	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3382		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3383	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3384		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3385	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3386		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3387	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3388		Corporation UK.
3389	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3390		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3391		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3392		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3393	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3394		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3395		Institute for Global Communications.
3396	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3397		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3398		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3399	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3400		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3401		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3402	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3403		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3404		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3405	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3406		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3407	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3408	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3409		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3410	Changed Files:
3411		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3412			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3413			which execute the actual Build script in
3414			devtools/bin.
3415		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3416			-mandoc as they were previously.
3417		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3418			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3419			required for Build).
3420	New Directories:
3421		devtools/M4/UNIX
3422		include
3423		libmilter
3424		libsmdb
3425		libsmutil
3426		vacation
3427	Renamed Directories:
3428		BuildTools => devtools
3429		src => sendmail
3430	Deleted Files:
3431		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3432		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3433		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3434		devtools/OS/SINIX
3435		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3436	New Files:
3437		INSTALL
3438		PGPKEYS
3439		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3440		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3441		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3442		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3443		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3444		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3445		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3446		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3447		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3448		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3449		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3450		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3451		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3452		contrib/domainmap.m4
3453		contrib/qtool.8
3454		contrib/qtool.pl
3455		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3456		devtools/M4/list.m4
3457		devtools/M4/string.m4
3458		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3459		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3460		devtools/OS/Darwin
3461		devtools/OS/GNU
3462		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3463		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3464		devtools/OS/m88k
3465		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3466		mail.local/Makefile
3467		mailstats/Makefile
3468		makemap/Makefile
3469		praliases/Makefile
3470		rmail/Makefile
3471		sendmail/Makefile
3472		sendmail/bf.h
3473		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3474		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3475		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3476		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3477		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3478		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3479		sendmail/timers.c
3480		sendmail/timers.h
3481		smrsh/Makefile
3482		vacation/Makefile
3483	Renamed Files:
3484		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3485		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3486		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3487		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3488		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3489		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3490		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3491		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3492		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3493	Copied Files:
3494		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3495
34968.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3497	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3498		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3499		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3500		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3501		Schools" project (IdS).
3502	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3503		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3504		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3505		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3506	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3507		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3508		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3509		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3510	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3511		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3512		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3513		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3514	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3515		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3516	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3517		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3518		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3519		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3520		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3521		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3522	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3523		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3524		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3525		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3526	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3527		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3528		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3529		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3530	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3531		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3532	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3533		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3534		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3535		group of the IETF.
3536	Portability:
3537		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3538			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3539			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3540			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3541			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3542			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3543			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3544			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3545			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3546			Technical University of Denmark.
3547		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3548			Supercomputer Center.
3549		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3550			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3551			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3552			of Stanford University.
3553		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3554			between different releases.  Back out the
3555			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3556			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3557			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3558			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3559		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3560			of Siemens/SNI.
3561		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3562	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3563		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3564		University of Brno.
3565	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3566		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3567		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3568	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3569		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3570		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3571	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3572		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3573	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3574		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3575		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3576	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3577		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3578		MIDS Europe.
3579	New Files:
3580		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3581		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3582		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3583
35848.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3585	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3586		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3587		for a denial of service attack.
3588	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3589		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3590	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3591		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3592		Corporation UK.
3593	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3594		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3595	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3596		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3597	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3598		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3599		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3600		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3601		Internet Services.
3602	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3603		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3604		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3605		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3606	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3607		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3608		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3609	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3610		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3611	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3612		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3613		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3614	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3615		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3616		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3617	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3618		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3619		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3620		Internet Services.
3621	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3622		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3623		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3624	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3625		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3626		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3627		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3628		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3629		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3630		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3631		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3632		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3633		extended testing.
3634	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3635		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3636	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3637		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3638		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3639		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3640	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3641		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3642		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3643		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3644		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3645	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3646		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3647		Network.
3648	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3649		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3650	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3651		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3652		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3653		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3654		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3655	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3656		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3657		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3658	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3659		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3660	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3661		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3662		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3663		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3664		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3665	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3666		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3667		Meteorological Institute.
3668	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3669	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3670		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3671	Portability:
3672		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3673		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3674			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3675			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3676		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3677			reading network interface addresses into
3678			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3679			Cal State University, Chico.
3680		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3681			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3682			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3683			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3684		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3685			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3686		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3687		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3688			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3689		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3690		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3691			of Sun Microsystems.
3692		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3693			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3694		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3695			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3696		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3697			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3698		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3699			of E I A.
3700		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3701			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3702			Information Center.
3703		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3704			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3705			Institute.
3706		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3707			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3708	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3709		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3710		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3711	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3712		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3713		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3714		Manawatu Internet Services.
3715	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3716		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3717		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3718		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3719		of Northern Illinois University.
3720	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3721		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3722		Kiel.
3723	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3724		Dot Com.
3725	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3726		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3727		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3728	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3729		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3730		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3731		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3732		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3733		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3734	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3735		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3736	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3737		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3738	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3739		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3740	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3741		the envelope From header.
3742	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3743		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3744	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3745		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3746	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3747		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3748		Portal Services, Inc.
3749	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3750		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3751		Sun Microsystems.
3752	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3753	New Files:
3754		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3755		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3756		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3757		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3758		src/control.c
3759
37608.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3761	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3762		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3763		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3764		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3765	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3766		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3767		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3768		Meteorological Institute.
3769	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3770		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3771		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3772	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3773		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3774		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3775		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3776	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3777		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3778	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3779		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3780	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3781		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3782		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3783	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3784		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3785		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3786		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3787	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3788		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3789		Flextech TV.
3790	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3791		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3792		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3793	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3794		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3795		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3796		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3797	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3798		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3799	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3800		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3801	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3802		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3803		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3804	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3805		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3806		University.
3807	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3808		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3809		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3810		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3811		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3812		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3813	Portability:
3814		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3815			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3816			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3817			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3818		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3819			of BSDI.
3820		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3821			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3822			PICT Inc.
3823		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3824			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3825		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3826			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3827	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3828		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3829		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3830		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3831	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3832		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3833		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3834	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3835		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
3836		would not accept @@hostname.
3837	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3838		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3839	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3840		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
3841		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3842	New Files:
3843		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3844
38458.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
3846	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3847		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3848		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3849		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
3850		which need the ability to override security can use the
3851		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
3852		information.
3853	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3854		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3855		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3856		world writable directories.
3857	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3858		it is in a world writable directory.
3859	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3860		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3861		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
3862		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3863		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3864	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3865		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3866		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3867	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3868		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3869		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
3870		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3871		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3872		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
3873		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3874		default.
3875	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3876		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3877		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3878		the University of Maryland.
3879	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
3880		of Cal State University, Chico.
3881	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
3882		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3883		current version of Berkeley DB.
3884	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3885		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3886	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3887		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3888		of Maryland.
3889	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3890		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3891		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
3892		Microsystems.
3893	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3894		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3895		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
3896		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3897	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3898		mail.local on the F=z flag.
3899	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
3900		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3901		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
3902		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3903	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3904		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3905		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3906		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3907		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3908	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3909		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3910		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3911		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3912	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3913		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
3914		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3915	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
3916		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3917		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3918	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3919		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3920		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
3921		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3922		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3923		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3924		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
3925		relaying entirely.
3926	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3927		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3928		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3929		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3930	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
3931		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3932		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3933		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3934	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3935		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
3936		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3937		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3938		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3939	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3940		sender for those failures.
3941	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3942		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3943		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3944		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
3945		of Ericsson.
3946	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3947		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3948		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3949		of Procter & Gamble.
3950	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3951		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3952		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3953		of Procter & Gamble.
3954	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
3955		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3956		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
3957		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
3958		DontBlameSendmail options are:
3959			Safe
3960			AssumeSafeChown
3961			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3962			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3963			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3964			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3965			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3966			GroupWritableAliasFile
3967			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3968			WorldWritableAliasFile
3969			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3970			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3971			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3972			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3973			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3974			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3975			MapInUnsafeDirPath
3976			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3977			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3978			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3979			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3980			LinkedMapInWritableDir
3981			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3982			FileDeliveryToHardLink
3983			FileDeliveryToSymLink
3984			WriteMapToHardLink
3985			WriteMapToSymLink
3986			WriteStatsToHardLink
3987			WriteStatsToSymLink
3988			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3989			RunWritableProgram
3990	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3991		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
3992		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3993		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3994		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3995	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3996		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3997	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3998		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3999	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4000	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4001		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4002		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4003		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4004		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4005	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4006		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4007		contrast to the success case).
4008	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4009		of the form:
4010			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4011		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4012		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4013		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4014	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4015		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4016		headers.
4017	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4018		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4019		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4020		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4021	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4022		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4023		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4024		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4025		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4026		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4027	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4028		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4029		remote identity can be queried.
4030	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4031		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4032		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4033		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4034	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4035		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4036		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4037		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4038	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4039		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4040		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4041		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4042	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4043		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4044		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4045		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4046		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4047		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4048	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4049		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4050		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4051		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4052		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4053		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4054		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4055	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4056		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4057		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4058	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4059	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4060		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4061	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4062		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4063	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4064		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4065		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4066		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4067	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4068		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4069		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4070		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4071	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4072		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4073		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4074	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4075		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4076		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4077		Institute.
4078	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4079		mail.local.
4080	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4081		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4082		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4083	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4084		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4085		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4086	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4087		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4088		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4089	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4090		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4091	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4092		mailstats command.
4093	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4094		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4095		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4096	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4097		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4098		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4099		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4100	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4101		Ericsson.
4102	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4103		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4104		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4105		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4106	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4107		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4108		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4109		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4110		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4111	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4112		currently supported version.
4113	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4114		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4115	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4116		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4117		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4118		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4119	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4120		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4121		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4122		message in error bounces.
4123	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4124		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4125		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4126	Portability:
4127		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4128			of Kyoto University.
4129		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4130			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4131			Maryland.
4132		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4133		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4134			in Finland.
4135		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4136			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4137			the University of Maryland.
4138		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4139			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4140		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4141			Meteorological Institute.
4142		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4143			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4144		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4145		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4146		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4147		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4148			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4149			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4150			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4151			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4152		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4153			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4154		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4155			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4156			Microsystems.
4157	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4158	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4159		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4160		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4161	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4162		directory for certain programs.
4163	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4164		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4165		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4166		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4167		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4168	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4169		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4170		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4171		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4172	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4173		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4174		the user to setup different .forward files for
4175		user+detail addressing.
4176	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4177		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4178		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4179	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4180		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4181		outside your domain).
4182	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4183		any site to any site.
4184	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4185		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4186	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4187		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4188	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4189		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4190		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4191		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4192		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4193	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4194		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4195	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4196		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4197	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4198		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4199		host names only.
4200	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4201		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4202		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4203		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4204		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4205		needed for most installations.
4206	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4207		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4208		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4209		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4210		the University of Maryland.
4211	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4212		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4213		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4214	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4215		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4216		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4217	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4218		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4219	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4220		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4221	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4222		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4223		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4224		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4225		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4226	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4227		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4228		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4229		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4230		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4231		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4232		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4233	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4234		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4235	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4236		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4237		above for more information.
4238	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4239		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4240		Meteorological Institute.
4241	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4242		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4243		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4244		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4245		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4246	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4247		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4248	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4249		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4250		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4251		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4252	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4253		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4254		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4255		CMU (now of Netscape).
4256	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4257		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4258		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4259		read mail.local/README.
4260	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4261		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4262		University of Maryland.
4263	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4264		University, Chico.
4265	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4266		Meteorological Institute.
4267	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4268		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4269		University of Maryland.
4270	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4271		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4272	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4273	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4274	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4275		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4276		Braunschweig.
4277	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4278		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4279		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4280	Changed Files:
4281		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4282			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4283		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4284	New Files:
4285		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4286		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4287		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4288		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4289		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4290		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4291		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4292		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4293		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4294		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4295		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4296		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4297		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4298		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4299		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4300		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4301		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4302		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4303		BuildTools/README
4304		BuildTools/Site/README
4305		BuildTools/bin/Build
4306		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4307		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4308		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4309		Makefile
4310		cf/cf/Build
4311		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4312		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4313		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4314		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4315		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4316		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4317		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4318		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4319		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4320		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4321		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4322		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4323		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4324		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4325		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4326		mail.local/Build
4327		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4328		mail.local/README
4329		mailstats/Build
4330		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4331		makemap/Build
4332		makemap/Makefile.m4
4333		praliases/Build
4334		praliases/Makefile.m4
4335		rmail/Build
4336		rmail/Makefile.m4
4337		rmail/rmail.0
4338		smrsh/Build
4339		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4340		src/Build
4341		src/Makefile.m4
4342		src/snprintf.c
4343	Deleted Files:
4344		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4345		mail.local/Makefile
4346		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4347		mailstats/Makefile
4348		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4349		makemap/Makefile
4350		makemap/Makefile.dist
4351		praliases/Makefile
4352		praliases/Makefile.dist
4353		rmail/Makefile
4354		smrsh/Makefile
4355		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4356		src/Makefile
4357		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4358		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4359			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4360		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4361	Renamed Files:
4362		READ_ME => README
4363		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4364		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4365		src/READ_ME => src/README
4366
43678.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4368	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4369		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4370		Meteorological Institute.
4371	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4372		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4373		Arseneault of SRI International.
4374	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4375		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4376		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4377	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4378		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4379	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4380		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4381		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4382		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4383	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4384		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4385		River Systems.
4386	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4387		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4388		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4389		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4390		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4391	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4392		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4393		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4394		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4395		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4396	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4397		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4398		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4399		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4400	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4401	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4402		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4403	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4404		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4405		results during a single message processing (but would
4406		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4407		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4408	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4409		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4410		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4411	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4412		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4413		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4414		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4415	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4416		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4417		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4418		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4419	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4420		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4421		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4422		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4423		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4424		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4425		Associates.
4426	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4427		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4428		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4429		could cause confusing error messages.
4430	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4431		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4432		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4433		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4434		SuperNet, Inc.
4435	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4436		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4437	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4438		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4439		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4440	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4441		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4442		dropped.
4443	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4444		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4445		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4446	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4447		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4448		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4449	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4450		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4451		Institute.
4452	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4453		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4454		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4455		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4456	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4457		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4458		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4459	Minor lint fixes.
4460	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4461		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4462		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4463		of Stanford University.
4464	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4465		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4466		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4467	Portability:
4468		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4469			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4470			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4471			Electronic Data Systems.
4472		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4473			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4474		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4475		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4476			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4477			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4478			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4479			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4480			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4481			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4482		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4483			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4484			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4485			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4486		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4487			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4488		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4489			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4490		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4491			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4492			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4493			Services.
4494		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4495			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4496		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4497			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4498			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4499		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4500			Services VAS.
4501	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4502	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4503	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4504			Ericsson.
4505
45068.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4507	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4508		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4509		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4510		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4511		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4512		GmbH.
4513	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4514		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4515		of Technology, Stockholm.
4516	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4517		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4518		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4519		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4520		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4521	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4522		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4523		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4524		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4525	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4526		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4527		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4528		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4529	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4530		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4531		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4532		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4533	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4534	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4535		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4536		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4537	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4538		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4539		have to assume that the information is good.
4540	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4541		open or locked.
4542	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4543	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4544		errors during testing.
4545	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4546		printed in the error message.
4547	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4548		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4549	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4550		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4551		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4552	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4553		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4554		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4555	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4556		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4557		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4558		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4559		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4560		Results Computing.
4561	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4562		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4563		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4564		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4565		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4566	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4567		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4568		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4569		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4570		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4571		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4572		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4573		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4574		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4575		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4576		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4577		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4578		simultaneously.
4579	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4580		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4581	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4582		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4583		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4584	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4585		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4586		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4587		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4588	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4589		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4590		CSU Chico.
4591	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4592		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4593		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4594		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4595	Portability:
4596		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4597			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4598			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4599			be used instead.
4600		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4601			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4602		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4603		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4604		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4605			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4606		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4607			in Makefiles.
4608		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4609			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4610		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4611			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4612			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4613			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4614			NCR Corp.
4615		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4616			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4617		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4618			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4619			Resource Network
4620		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4621			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4622			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4623			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4624			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4625			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4626		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4627			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4628			Corp.
4629		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4630			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4631			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4632		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4633			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4634		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4635			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4636			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4637			PlainTalk.
4638	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4639		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4640		by Harry Styron.
4641	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4642		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4643	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4644	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4645		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4646		changed after open".
4647	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4648		files.
4649	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4650	NEW FILES:
4651		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4652		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4653		test/t_exclopen.c
4654		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4655	DELETED FILES:
4656		Makefile
4657
46588.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4659	    *************************************************************
4660	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4661	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4662	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4663	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4664	    *************************************************************
4665	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4666		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4667		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4668		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4669		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4670		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4671		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4672		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4673		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4674		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4675		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4676		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4677		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4678		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4679		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4680		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4681	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4682		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4683		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4684		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4685		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4686		another database; this can be used either to expose
4687		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4688		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4689		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4690		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4691		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4692		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4693		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4694		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4695		system directories.
4696	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4697		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4698		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4699		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4700		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4701		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4702		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4703	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4704		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4705		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4706		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4707		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4708		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4709		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4710		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4711		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4712		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4713		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4714		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4715		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4716		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4717		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4718		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4719	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4720		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4721		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4722		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4723		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4724		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4725	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4726		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4727		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4728	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4729		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4730		same host).
4731	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4732		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4733		from Theo de Raadt.
4734	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4735		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4736		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4737	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4738		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4739		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4740	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4741		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4742		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4743	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4744		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4745		Microsystems.
4746	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4747		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4748		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4749	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4750		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4751	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4752		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4753		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4754	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4755		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4756		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4757	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4758		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4759		Shapiro.
4760	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4761		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4762		Sun Microsystems.
4763	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4764		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4765		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4766		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4767		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4768		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4769	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4770		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4771		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4772		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4773		Mercury Mail.
4774	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4775		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4776		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4777		Morgan Stanley.
4778	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4779		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4780		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4781		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4782	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4783		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4784		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4785		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4786		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4787		not be run.
4788	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4789		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4790		printing.
4791	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4792		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4793		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4794	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4795		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4796	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4797	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4798		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4799		erroneous results during a single message processing
4800		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4801	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4802		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4803		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4804		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4805		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4806		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4807		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4808	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4809		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4810		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4811		address as "may be forged".
4812	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4813		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4814		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4815	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4816		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4817		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4818		of TwinCom.
4819	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4820		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4821		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4822		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4823	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4824		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4825		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4826	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4827		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4828		Institute.
4829	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4830		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4831		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4832		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4833		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4834		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4835		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4836		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4837	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4838		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
4839		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4840		book (2nd edition).
4841	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4842		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4843		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
4844		John Beck of SunSoft.
4845	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4846		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4847		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4848	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4849		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4850	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4851		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4852	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
4853		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4854	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
4855		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4856		returns.
4857	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4858		on some architectures.
4859	Portability:
4860		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4861		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4862			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
4863			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4864			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4865			of Washington.
4866		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4867			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4868			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4869		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4870		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4871		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4872		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4873			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4874			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
4875			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4876		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4877		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4878			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4879			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4880			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4881			Cambridge.
4882		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
4883			Kari Hurtta.
4884		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4885			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4886			IRIX Makefile).
4887		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4888			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4889	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4890		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
4891		Brian Candler.
4892	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4893		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4894		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4895	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4896		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4897		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4898	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4899		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
4900		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4901	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4902		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
4903		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4904	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4905		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4906		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4907	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4908		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4909		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4910		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4911		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4912	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4913		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4914		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
4915		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4916	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4917		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4918		was specified, even when it wasn't.
4919	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
4920	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4921		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4922		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
4923		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4924		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4925	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4926		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4927		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
4928		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4929		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4930		developers).
4931	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
4932		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
4933		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4934	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4935		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4936		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4937		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4938	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4939		NEXTSTEP.
4940	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4941		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4942		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
4943		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
4944		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4945	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
4946		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4947		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4948		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4949		for system accounts.
4950	NEW FILES:
4951		src/safefile.c
4952		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4953		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4954		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4955		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4956		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4957	RENAMED FILES:
4958		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4959		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4960
49618.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
4962	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
4963		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4964		even if RunAsUser is specified.
4965	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
4966		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4967		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4968	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4969		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4970		University of Pennsylvania.
4971	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4972		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
4973		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4974		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4975		was unnecessarily awful.
4976	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4977		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4978		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4979	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4980		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4981		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4982		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4983		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4984		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4985	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4986		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4987	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4988		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
4989		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4990	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4991		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4992		Semiconductor Corp.
4993	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4994		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
4995		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4996		at Austin.
4997	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4998		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4999		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5000		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5001		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5002	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5003		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5004		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5005		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5006		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5007	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5008		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5009		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5010		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5011		Costales.
5012	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5013		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5014		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5015		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5016		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5017	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5018		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5019		The current values and defaults are:
5020		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5021		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5022		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5023		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5024		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5025	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5026		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5027		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5028	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5029		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5030	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5031		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5032		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5033		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5034		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5035		Eric Hagberg.
5036	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5037		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5038		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5039		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5040	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5041		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5042		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5043		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5044	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5045		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5046		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5047		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5048		Communications.
5049	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5050		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5051		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5052		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5053	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5054		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5055	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5056		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5057	PORTABILITY:
5058		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5059			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5060		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5061			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5062		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5063		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5064			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5065			(Moscow).
5066		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5067		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5068		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5069		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5070		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5071			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5072	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5073		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5074		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5075		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5076		Received: line.
5077	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5078		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5079		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5080		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5081		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5082		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5083	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5084		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5085		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5086		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5087		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5088		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5089		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5090		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5091		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5092		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5093	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5094		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5095		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5096		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5097		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5098	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5099		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5100		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5101	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5102		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5103		Long Beach.
5104
51058.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5106	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5107		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5108		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5109		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5110		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5111		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5112		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5113	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5114		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5115		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5116		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5117		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5118		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5119		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5120		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5121		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5122	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5123		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5124		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5125	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5126		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5127		Problem noted by several people.
5128	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5129		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5130		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5131		by several people.
5132	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5133		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5134	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5135		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5136		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5137		of Best Internet Communications.
5138	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5139		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5140	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5141		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5142		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5143		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5144		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5145	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5146		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5147	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5148		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5149	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5150		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5151	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5152		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5153		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5154		by Roy Mongiovi.
5155	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5156		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5157	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5158		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5159		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5160		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5161		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5162	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5163		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5164		of Kyoto University.
5165	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5166		conditions from Don Lewis.
5167	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5168		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5169		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5170		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5171		patch from Bryan Costales.
5172	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5173		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5174			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5175			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5176			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5177			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5178		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5179			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5180		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5181			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5182		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5183			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5184			of Tokyo.
5185		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5186			Services, Inc.
5187		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5188			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5189			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5190			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5191		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5192			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5193	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5194		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5195	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5196		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5197	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5198		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5199		of NTT Software Corporation.
5200	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5201	NEW FILES:
5202		contrib/etrn.pl
5203
52048.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5205	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5206		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5207		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5208		best-of-security list.
5209	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5210		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5211		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5212		the wrong binary.
5213	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5214		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5215		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5216		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5217		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5218	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5219		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5220		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5221		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5222	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5223		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5224	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5225		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5226		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5227		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5228		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5229		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5230		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5231		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5232		Eric Wassenaar.
5233	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5234		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5235		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5236		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5237		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5238		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5239		UUNET.
5240	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5241		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5242		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5243		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5244		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5245	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5246		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5247		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5248		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5249	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5250		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5251	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5252		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5253		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5254		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5255	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5256		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5257		University of Linkoping.
5258	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5259		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5260		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5261	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5262		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5263		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5264		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5265		other end.
5266	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5267		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5268		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5269	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5270		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5271		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5272		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5273	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5274		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5275			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5276			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5277			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5278		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5279			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5280		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5281			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5282		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5283			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5284			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5285			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5286		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5287			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5288			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5289			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5290			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5291			Earickson of Colby College.
5292		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5293			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5294			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5295			Kari Hurtta.
5296	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5297		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5298		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5299	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5300		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5301		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5302		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5303	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5304		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5305		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5306		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5307		University of Washington, Seattle.
5308	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5309		Polytechnic Institute.
5310	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5311		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5312	NEW FILES:
5313		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5314		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5315		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5316
53178.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5318	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5319		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5320	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5321		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5322			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5323			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5324	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5325		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5326	CONFIG: no changes.
5327
53288.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5329	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5330		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5331		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5332	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5333		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5334		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5335		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5336		of WPI.
5337	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5338		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5339		Kyoto University.
5340	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5341		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5342		on illegal host names.
5343	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5344		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5345		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5346	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5347		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5348		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5349	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5350		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5351		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5352	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5353		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5354		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5355	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5356		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5357		University of Leicester.
5358	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5359		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5360		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5361		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5362		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5363		University of Washington.
5364	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5365		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5366			people pointed this out.
5367		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5368		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5369			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5370	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5371		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5372	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5373		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5374		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5375		Softec.
5376	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5377		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5378	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5379		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5380
53818.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5382	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5383		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5384	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5385		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5386		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5387	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5388		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5389		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5390		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5391	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5392		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5393		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5394		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5395		NSC (Japan).
5396	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5397		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5398		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5399	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5400		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5401		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5402		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5403	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5404		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5405		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5406		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5407		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5408		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5409		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5410		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5411	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5412		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5413	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5414		printout.
5415	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5416	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5417		square braces.
5418	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5419		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5420		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5421	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5422		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5423		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5424		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5425	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5426		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5427		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5428		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5429	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5430		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5431		Dandelion Digital.
5432	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5433		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5434	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5435		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5436		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5437	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5438		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5439		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5440	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5441		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5442	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5443		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5444		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5445		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5446		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5447	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5448		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5449	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5450		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5451		mailers.
5452	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5453		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5454		Myers of CMU.
5455	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5456		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5457		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5458		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5459		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5460		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5461	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5462		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5463		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5464		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5465		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5466		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5467		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5468		parameter.
5469	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5470		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5471		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5472		University of Maryland.
5473	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5474		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5475	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5476		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5477		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5478	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5479		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5480		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5481		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5482		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5483		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5484		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5485	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5486		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5487		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5488		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5489		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5490	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5491		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5492		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5493		section 5.2.5.
5494	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5495		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5496		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5497		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5498		is for incoming connections only.
5499	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5500		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5501		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5502		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5503		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5504		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5505		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5506		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5507	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5508		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5509		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5510		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5511		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5512		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5513		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5514		that take a very long time to run.
5515	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5516		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5517		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5518	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5519		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5520		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5521	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5522		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5523		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5524	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5525		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5526		Costales.
5527	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5528		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5529		Technologies, Inc.
5530	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5531		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5532		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5533	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5534		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5535		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5536		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5537		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5538		different for this case.
5539	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5540		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5541		of Stanford University.
5542	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5543		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5544		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5545		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5546	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5547		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5548		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5549	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5550		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5551		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5552	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5553		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5554		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5555		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5556	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5557		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5558		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5559		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5560		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5561		Pasteur Institute.
5562	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5563		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5564		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5565		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5566	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5567		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5568		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5569		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5570		canonification.
5571	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5572		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5573		mailers.
5574	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5575		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5576		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5577		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5578		either of these in their configuration file.
5579	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5580		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5581		St. Peter's College.
5582	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5583		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5584	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5585		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5586	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5587		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5588	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5589		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5590		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5591		Costales.
5592	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5593		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5594		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5595		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5596		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5597		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5598		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5599		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5600		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5601		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5602		in rulesets.
5603	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5604		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5605		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5606		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5607		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5608		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5609		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5610		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5611	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5612		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5613		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5614		on that basis.
5615	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5616		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5617	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5618		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5619		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5620		Vixie.
5621	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5622		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5623		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5624		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5625	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5626		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5627		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5628		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5629		two characters $, +.
5630	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5631		debug_dumpstate.
5632	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5633		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5634		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5635		valid recipients.
5636	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5637		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5638		noted by Tom May.
5639	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5640		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5641		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5642		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5643	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5644		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5645		Computing Corporation.
5646	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5647		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5648		Internet Communications.
5649	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5650		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5651		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5652		of Lysator.
5653	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5654		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5655		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5656		of the University of Iceland.
5657	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5658		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5659		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5660		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5661		this change is a no-op.
5662	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5663		Costales.
5664	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5665		Bryan Costales.
5666	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5667		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5668	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5669		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5670	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5671		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5672	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5673		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5674		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5675		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5676	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5677		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5678		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5679		Jones of UUNET.
5680	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5681		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5682		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5683	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5684		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5685		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5686		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5687		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5688		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5689	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5690		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5691		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5692		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5693		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5694		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5695		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5696		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5697		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5698		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5699		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5700		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5701	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5702		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5703		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5704		of Stanford University.
5705	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5706		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5707		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5708		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5709		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5710		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5711		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5712	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5713		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5714		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5715		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5716		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5717		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5718	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5719		Motonori Nakamura.
5720	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5721		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5722		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5723		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5724	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5725		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5726		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5727		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5728		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5729		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5730		value is ".hoststat".
5731		There are also two new operation modes:
5732		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5733		    connections.
5734		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5735		    recent status information.
5736		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5737		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5738		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5739		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5740		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5741	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5742		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5743		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5744		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5745		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5746		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5747		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5748		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5749		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5750		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5751		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5752	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5753		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5754		Costales.
5755	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5756		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5757	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5758		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5759		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5760		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5761	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5762		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5763		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5764		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5765		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5766		Webmasters.
5767	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5768		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5769		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5770		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5771		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5772	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5773		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5774		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5775		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5776		of Washington, Seattle.
5777	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5778		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5779		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5780		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5781		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5782		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5783	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5784		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5785		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5786		Nakamura.
5787	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5788		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5789		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5790		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5791		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5792		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5793		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5794		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5795		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5796		well constrained.
5797	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5798		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5799		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5800		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5801		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5802	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5803		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5804		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5805		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5806		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5807		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5808	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5809		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5810		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5811	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5812		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5813		Wolfhugel.
5814	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5815		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5816	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5817		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5818		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5819	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5820		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5821	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5822		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5823		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5824		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5825		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5826	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5827		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5828		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5829		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5830	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5831		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5832		National University of Singapore.
5833	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5834		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5835		system can't cope with.
5836	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5837		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5838			Atlas International.
5839		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5840			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
5841		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5842			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5843			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
5844			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5845			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5846			Bernstein and Associates.
5847		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5848			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
5849			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5850		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5851			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5852		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5853			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5854			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5855		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5856			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5857		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5858			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5859		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5860		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5861		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5862			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5863			Institute.
5864		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5865			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5866		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5867		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5868			Employment Standards Administration.
5869		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5870		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5871			Jr.
5872		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5873			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5874		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5875			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5876		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5877		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5878		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5879		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5880			of the University of Arizona.
5881		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
5882			Vanderbilt University.
5883		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5884			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5885			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
5886			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5887	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
5888		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5889	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5890		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5891		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5892		Foundation.
5893	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5894	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5895		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5896		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
5897		Myers of CMU.
5898	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
5899		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
5900		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5901	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
5902		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5903		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5904		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
5905		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5906		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5907		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
5908		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5909	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5910		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5911		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
5912		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5913		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
5914		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5915		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5916	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5917		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5918		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5919		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
5920			info@foo.com	foo-info
5921			info@bar.com	bar-info
5922			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
5923		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5924		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5925		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5926		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
5927		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
5928		a great many people.
5929	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5930		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5931	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5932		"fax" mailer.
5933	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5934		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5935		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5936		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
5937		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
5938		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5939	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5940		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5941		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
5942		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
5943		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5944	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5945		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5946		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
5947		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5948		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
5949		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5950	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5951		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5952		of WPI.
5953	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5954		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
5955		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5956	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5957		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
5958		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5959	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5960		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
5961		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5962		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5963	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5964	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5965		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5966		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
5967		by Andreas Luik.
5968	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5969		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5970		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5971	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5972		Wolfhugel.
5973	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5974	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
5975		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5976		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5977		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5978		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5979		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
5980		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5981	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5982		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5983		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5984		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5985		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5986	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
5987		Costales.
5988	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5989	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5990		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5991	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5992	NEW FILES:
5993		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5994		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5995		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5996		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5997		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5998		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5999		mailstats/mailstats.8
6000		praliases/praliases.8
6001		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6002		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6003		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6004		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6005		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6006		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6007		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6008		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6009		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6010		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6011		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6012	DELETED FILES:
6013		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6014		contrib/xla/README
6015		contrib/xla/xla.c
6016	RENAMED FILES:
6017		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6018		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6019		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6020		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6021		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6022
60238.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6024	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6025		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6026		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6027		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6028		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6029	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6030		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6031		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6032
60338.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6034	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6035		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6036		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6037		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6038		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6039		and others.
6040
60418.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6042	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6043		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6044		any user (except root).
6045	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6046		version number is unchanged.
6047
60488.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6049	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6050		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6051		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6052	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6053		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6054		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6055		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6056	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6057		Costales.
6058	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6059		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6060		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6061			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6062			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6063			Stanford University.
6064	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6065		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6066
60678.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6068	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6069		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6070		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6071	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6072		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6073		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6074		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6075		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6076		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6077		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6078	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6079		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6080		by Kari Hurtta.
6081	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6082		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6083		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6084		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6085		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6086		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6087		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6088		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6089		bounces when it should have requeued.
6090	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6091		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6092		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6093		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6094	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6095		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6096		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6097		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6098		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6099		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6100		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6101		Infobiogen.
6102	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6103		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6104		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6105		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6106		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6107	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6108		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6109	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6110		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6111		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6112	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6113		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6114		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6115	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6116		underscores.
6117	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6118		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6119		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6120	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6121		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6122		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6123		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6124	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6125		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6126		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6127		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6128		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6129	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6130		Costales of ICSI.
6131	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6132		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6133		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6134	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6135		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6136		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6137		Technological University.
6138	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6139		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6140		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6141		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6142	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6143		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6144	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6145		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6146	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6147		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6148		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6149		Inc.
6150	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6151		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6152		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6153	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6154		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6155		University.
6156	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6157		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6158		Association for Progressive Communications.
6159	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6160		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6161		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6162		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6163		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6164		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6165		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6166		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6167	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6168		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6169		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6170		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6171	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6172		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6173		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6174		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6175		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6176		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6177	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6178		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6179			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6180			James B. Davis of TCI.
6181		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6182			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6183		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6184			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6185			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6186			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6187			isn't supported on all compilers.
6188		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6189	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6190		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6191	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6192		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6193	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6194		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6195		(France).
6196	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6197		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6198	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6199		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6200		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6201	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6202		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6203		for different files.
6204	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6205		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6206		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6207	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6208		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6209		changes).
6210
62118.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6212	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6213		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6214		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6215		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6216	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6217		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6218		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6219		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6220		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6221		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6222	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6223		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6224		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6225		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6226		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6227		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6228		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6229		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6230		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6231		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6232	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6233		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6234		results.  This could have security implications.
6235	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6236		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6237		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6238	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6239		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6240		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6241		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6242		Elz.
6243	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6244		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6245	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6246		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6247		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6248		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6249		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6250		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6251		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6252		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6253		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6254		domain names are your friends.
6255	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6256		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6257	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6258		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6259	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6260		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6261		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6262		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6263		of TerraNet.
6264	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6265		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6266		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6267		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6268		of WPI.
6269	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6270		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6271			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6272			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6273			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6274			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6275		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6276			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6277		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6278		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6279		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6280			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6281	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6282		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6283		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6284	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6285		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6286		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6287	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6288		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6289		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6290		Infobiogen (France).
6291	NEW FILES:
6292		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6293		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6294		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6295
62968.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6297	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6298		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6299		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6300		Global Communications.
6301	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6302		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6303	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6304		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6305		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6306		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6307		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6308	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6309		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6310		can be confusing.
6311	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6312		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6313	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6314		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6315	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6316		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6317		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6318		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6319		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6320		Maryland.
6321	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6322		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6323		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6324		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6325		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6326	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6327		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6328		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6329		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6330		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6331	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6332		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6333	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6334		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6335		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6336		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6337	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6338		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6339		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6340		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6341		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6342		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6343		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6344		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6345		Swarthmore University.
6346	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6347		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6348		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6349		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6350			ruleset.
6351		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6352		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6353			-d debug flag.
6354		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6355		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6356		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6357		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6358			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6359			and the parsed address.
6360		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6361			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6362		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6363			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6364			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6365			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6366			recipients.
6367		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6368			return the result.
6369		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6370			`mapname' and return the result.
6371	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6372		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6373	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6374		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6375		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6376		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6377		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6378		that functionality.
6379	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6380		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6381		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6382		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6383		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6384		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6385	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6386		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6387		of Michigan Technological University.
6388	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6389		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6390		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6391		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6392		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6393		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6394		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6395		or not.
6396	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6397		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6398		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6399		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6400		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6401		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6402		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6403	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6404		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6405		should have minimal impact on external function.
6406	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6407		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6408			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6409		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6410			7	SevenBitInput
6411			8	EightBitMode
6412			A	AliasFile
6413			a	AliasWait
6414			B	BlankSub
6415			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6416			C	CheckpointInterval
6417			c	HoldExpensive
6418			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6419			d	DeliveryMode
6420			E	ErrorHeader
6421			e	ErrorMode
6422			f	SaveFromLine
6423			F	TempFileMode
6424			G	MatchGECOS
6425			H	HelpFile
6426			h	MaxHopCount
6427			i	IgnoreDots
6428			I	ResolverOptions
6429			J	ForwardPath
6430			j	SendMimeErrors
6431			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6432			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6433			L	LogLevel
6434			l	UseErrorsTo
6435			m	MeToo
6436			n	CheckAliases
6437			O	DaemonPortOptions
6438			o	OldStyleHeaders
6439			P	PostmasterCopy
6440			p	PrivacyOptions
6441			Q	QueueDirectory
6442			q	QueueFactor
6443			R	DontPruneRoutes
6444			r, T	Timeout
6445			S	StatusFile
6446			s	SuperSafe
6447			t	TimeZoneSpec
6448			u	DefaultUser
6449			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6450			V	FallbackMXHost
6451			v	Verbose
6452			w	TryNullMXList
6453			x	QueueLA
6454			X	RefuseLA
6455			Y	ForkEachJob
6456			y	RecipientFactor
6457			z	ClassFactor
6458			Z	RetryFactor
6459		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6460		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6461			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6462			$l	UnixFromLine
6463			$o	OperatorChars
6464			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6465		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6466		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6467		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6468		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6469	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6470		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6471		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6472		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6473		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6474		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6475		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6476		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6477		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6478		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6479	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6480		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6481		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6482			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6483			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6484		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6485			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6486			recipient mailer flags.
6487		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6488		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6489			delivery.
6490		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6491		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6492		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6493		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6494		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6495		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6496			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6497			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6498			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6499		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6500		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6501		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6502	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6503		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6504		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6505		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6506		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6507		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6508		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6509		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6510		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6511		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6512		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6513		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6514		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6515		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6516		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6517		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6518			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6519			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6520		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6521			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6522		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6523			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6524			flag is ignored.
6525		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6526			the setting of F=8.
6527	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6528		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6529		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6530		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6531	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6532		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6533		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6534		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6535	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6536		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6537		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6538		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6539	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6540		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6541		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6542		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6543		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6544		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6545		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6546		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6547	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6548		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6549		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6550		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6551		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6552		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6553		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6554		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6555		Unicom.
6556	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6557		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6558	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6559		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6560		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6561		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6562		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6563		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6564		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6565		from Chip Rosenthal.
6566	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6567		For example,
6568		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6569		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6570		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6571		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6572		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6573		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6574	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6575		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6576		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6577		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6578		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6579		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6580		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6581		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6582		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6583		contribution was to make it configurable).
6584	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6585		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6586		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6587		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6588		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6589		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6590	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6591		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6592		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6593		I/O redirection.
6594	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6595		can be confusing.
6596	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6597		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6598		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6599	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6600	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6601		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6602		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6603		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6604		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6605		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6606		queue-only.
6607	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6608		:include: and .forward files.
6609	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6610		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6611		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6612		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6613		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6614	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6615		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6616	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6617		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6618		Sun Microsystems.
6619	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6620		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6621		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6622		Hutton of Indiana University.
6623	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6624		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6625		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6626		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6627		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6628		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6629	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6630		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6631		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6632		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6633		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6634		as comments.
6635	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6636		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6637		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6638		are from sysexits.h.
6639	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6640		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6641		    Kmap1 ...
6642		    Kmap2 ...
6643		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6644		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6645		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6646		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6647	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6648		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6649		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6650		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6651		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6652		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6653		    Ksample switch hosts
6654		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6655		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6656		equivalent to
6657		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6658		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6659	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6660		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6661		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6662		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6663		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6664	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6665		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6666		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6667	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6668		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6669		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6670		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6671	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6672		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6673		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6674		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6675		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6676		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6677		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6678		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6679		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6680	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6681		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6682		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6683		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6684		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6685	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6686		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6687		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6688		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6689		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6690		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6691		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6692	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6693		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6694		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6695		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6696		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6697		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6698	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6699		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6700		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6701		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6702		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6703		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6704		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6705	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6706		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6707		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6708	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6709		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6710		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6711		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6712	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6713		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6714		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6715		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6716		much longer than the specified timeout.
6717	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6718		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6719		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6720		denial-of-service attack.
6721	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6722		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6723		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6724	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6725		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6726		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6727		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6728		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6729		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6730		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6731		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6732		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6733		actually file lookups.
6734	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6735		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6736		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6737		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6738	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6739		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6740		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6741		support for them has been removed.
6742	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6743		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6744		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6745	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6746		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6747		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6748		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6749	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6750		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6751		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6752	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6753		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6754		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6755	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6756		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6757		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6758	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6759		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6760		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6761	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6762		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6763		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6764		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6765		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6766		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6767		Microsystems.
6768	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6769		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6770		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6771		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6772		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6773		option can give the network software time to establish
6774		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6775	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6776		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6777		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6778		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6779	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6780		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6781		the National Computer Security Center.
6782	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6783		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6784		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6785		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6786		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6787	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6788		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6789		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6790		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6791		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6792		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6793		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6794		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6795		University Computing Service.
6796	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6797		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6798		the University of Kentucky.
6799	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6800		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6801		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6802	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6803		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6804	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6805		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6806		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6807		Corporation.
6808	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6809		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6810		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6811		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6812	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6813		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6814		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6815		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6816		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6817		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6818		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6819	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6820		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6821		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6822	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6823		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6824		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6825		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6826	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6827		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6828		Communications.
6829	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6830		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6831		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6832		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6833		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6834	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6835		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6836		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
6837		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6838		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6839	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6840		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6841	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6842		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
6843		on values:
6844		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
6845					message will be passed on even
6846					though it is in technically
6847					illegal syntax.
6848		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
6849					recipients that it can find from
6850					the envelope.  This risks exposing
6851					Bcc: recipients.
6852		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
6853					has almost no redeeming social value,
6854					and is provided only for back
6855					compatibility.
6856		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
6857					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6858					which will have the effect of
6859					making the message legal without
6860					exposing Bcc: recipients.
6861		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
6862					There is a chance that mailers down
6863					the line will delete this header,
6864					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6865					recipients.
6866		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6867	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
6868		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6869		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6870		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6871		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6872	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
6873		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6874		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6875		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6876		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6877		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6878		For example, if you run with
6879			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6880		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
6881		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6882		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6883		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6884	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6885		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
6886			list: member1
6887			list: member2
6888		and an alias file declared as:
6889			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6890		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6891		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6892		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6893	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6894	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6895		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
6896		Johannesen.
6897	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6898		to be simpler and more consistent.
6899	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
6900		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6901		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6902		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6903	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6904		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6905		This may affect some people who have written their own
6906		checkcompat() routine.
6907	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
6908		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6909		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6910	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6911		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6912		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6913		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6914	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6915		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6916		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6917		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6918		Corporation.
6919	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6920		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6921		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6922		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6923		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
6924		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6925		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
6926		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6927	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6928		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
6929		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6930	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6931		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6932		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6933	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6934		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6935		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6936	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6937		the header.
6938	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6939	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6940		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
6941		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6942	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6943		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6944		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6945		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6946		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
6947		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6948	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
6949		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6950		is added between the first and second word of the first
6951		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6952		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6953		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6954		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6955		old sendmails understand.
6956	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6957		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
6958	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6959		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6960		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
6961		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6962		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6963		data -- for example,
6964		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6965					(romanized/less information)
6966		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6967					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6968					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6969		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6970					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6971		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6972		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6973	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6974		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6975		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6976		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
6977		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
6978		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6979		Eric Prestemon of American University.
6980	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6981		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6982		increment on the background value).
6983	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
6984		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
6985		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6986	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6987		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6988		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6989	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6990		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6991		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
6992		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6993		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6994	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6995		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
6996		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
6997		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6998		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6999		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7000		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7001		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7002		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7003	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7004		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7005		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7006		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7007		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7008		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7009		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7010	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7011		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7012		service type is "files".
7013	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7014		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7015		into class "c".
7016	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7017		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7018		contributed by SunSoft.
7019	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7020		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7021		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7022		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7023		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7024		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7025		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7026		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7027		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7028		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7029	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7030		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7031		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7032		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7033	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7034		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7035		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7036		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7037		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7038		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7039		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7040	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7041		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7042	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7043		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7044		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7045	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7046		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7047		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7048		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7049		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7050		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7051		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7052		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7053		flags.
7054	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7055		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7056		Motonori Nakamura.
7057	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7058		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7059		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7060		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7061		of MIT.
7062	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7063		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7064	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7065		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7066		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7067		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7068		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7069		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7070		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7071		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7072		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7073	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7074		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7075		the make.
7076	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7077		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7078		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7079		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7080	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7081		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7082		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7083		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7084		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7085		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7086	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7087		of Sun Microsystems.
7088	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7089		is at least 50% faster.
7090	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7091		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7092		University.
7093	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7094		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7095	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7096		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7097		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7098		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7099	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7100		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7101		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7102	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7103		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7104		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7105		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7106		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7107		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7108	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7109		Carnegie Mellon.
7110	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7111		support.
7112	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7113		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7114		Global Information Solutions.
7115	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7116		From Motonori Nakamura.
7117	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7118		Motonori Nakamura.
7119	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7120		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7121	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7122		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7123		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7124		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7125		James of British Telecom.
7126	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7127		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7128	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7129		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7130		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7131		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7132		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7133		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7134		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7135	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7136		a bad guy can read your private files.
7137	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7138		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7139		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7140			University.  This expands the disk size
7141			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7142		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7143			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7144		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7145			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7146		Linux Makefile typo.
7147		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7148			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7149		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7150			University, Chico.
7151		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7152			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7153			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7154			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7155			This requires adaptation of code that really
7156			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7157			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7158		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7159			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7160		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7161			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7162		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7163			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7164			problems.
7165		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7166			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7167			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7168		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7169			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7170		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7171			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7172		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7173			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7174			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7175			Wemm of DIALix.
7176		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7177			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7178			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7179			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7180			of Ohio State University.
7181		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7182			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7183			University.
7184		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7185			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7186			Mainz.
7187		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7188		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7189			wrong statfs call).
7190		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7191		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7192			University.
7193		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7194		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7195			Rochester Medical Center.
7196		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7197			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7198			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7199			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7200			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7201		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7202			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7203			Division.
7204		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7205			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7206		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7207			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7208		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7209			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7210		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7211		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7212			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7213		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7214		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7215		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7216		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7217		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7218			of Meteo France.
7219		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7220		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7221		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7222		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7223		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7224		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7225		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7226		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7227		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7228		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7229			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7230		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7231			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7232		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7233			of Colorado.
7234		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7235	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7236		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7237		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7238	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7239		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7240		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7241		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7242	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7243		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7244		giving the local administrator more control over what
7245		programs can be run from sendmail.
7246	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7247		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7248		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7249		never will.
7250	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7251		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7252		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7253	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7254		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7255		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7256		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7257		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7258	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7259		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7260	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7261		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7262		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7263		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7264			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7265		or
7266			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7267		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7268		can use:
7269			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7270		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7271		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7272		compatibility.
7273	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7274		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7275	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7276		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7277	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7278		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7279		County.
7280	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7281	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7282		just unqualified ones.
7283	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7284		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7285	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7286		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7287	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7288		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7289		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7290		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7291		centralized hub.
7292	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7293	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7294		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7295		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7296	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7297		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7298		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7299		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7300		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7301	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7302		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7303		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7304	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7305		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7306		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7307		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7308		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7309		but it is a no-op.
7310	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7311		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7312		as User Unknown.
7313	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7314		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7315		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7316		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7317	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7318		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7319		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7320	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7321		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7322		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7323		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7324	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7325		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7326		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7327	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7328	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7329		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7330	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7331		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7332		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7333		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7334	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7335		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7336		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7337		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7338		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7339		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7340		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7341		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7342	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7343		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7344		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7345		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7346		assumed.
7347	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7348		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7349		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7350		Information Systems Agency.
7351	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7352		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7353		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7354	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7355		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7356		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7357		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7358		that really can be used in the real world.
7359	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7360		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7361		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7362	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7363		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7364	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7365		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7366		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7367		by Scott Hutton.
7368	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7369		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7370	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7371		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7372		people.
7373	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7374		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7375	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7376		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7377		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7378	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7379		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7380		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7381	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7382		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7383		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7384		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7385	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7386		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7387		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7388		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7389		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7390		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7391	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7392		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7393		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7394	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7395		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7396		by Kimmo Suominen.
7397	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7398		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7399		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7400	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7401		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7402	NEW FILES:
7403		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7404		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7405		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7406		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7407		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7408		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7409		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7410		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7411		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7412		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7413		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7414		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7415		cf/domain/generic.m4
7416		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7417		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7418		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7419		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7420		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7421		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7422		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7423		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7424		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7425		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7426		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7427		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7428		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7429		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7430		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7431		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7432		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7433		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7434		contrib/bsdi.mc
7435		contrib/mailprio
7436		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7437		mail.local/mail.local.0
7438		makemap/makemap.0
7439		smrsh/README
7440		smrsh/smrsh.0
7441		smrsh/smrsh.8
7442		smrsh/smrsh.c
7443		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7444		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7445		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7446		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7447		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7448		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7449		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7450		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7451		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7452		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7453		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7454		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7455		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7456		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7457		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7458		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7459		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7460		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7461		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7462		src/aliases.0
7463		src/mailq.0
7464		src/mime.c
7465		src/newaliases.0
7466		src/sendmail.0
7467		test/t_seteuid.c
7468	RENAMED FILES:
7469		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7470		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7471		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7472		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7473		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7474		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7475		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7476		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7477		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7478		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7479		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7480		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7481		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7482		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7483		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7484		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7485		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7486		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7487		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7488		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7489		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7490	OBSOLETED FILES:
7491		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7492		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7493		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7494		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7495		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7496		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7497		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7498		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7499		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7500		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7501		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7502		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7503		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7504
75058.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7506	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7507		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7508		any user (except root).
7509	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7510		version number is unchanged.
7511
75128.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7513	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7514		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7515		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7516		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7517		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7518		each other!).
7519	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7520		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7521		than fork().
7522
75238.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7524	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7525		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7526	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7527		message when attempted from IDENT.
7528	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7529		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7530		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7531		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7532	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7533		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7534		partial lines.
7535	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7536		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7537		Rob McMahon.
7538	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7539		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7540		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7541		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7542	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7543		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7544		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7545		Novell Labs Europe.
7546	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7547		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7548		Cal State Chico.
7549	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7550		*Hobbit*.
7551	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7552		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7553	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7554		from Spider Boardman.
7555	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7556		with the binaries).
7557
75588.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7559	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7560		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7561	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7562		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7563		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7564		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7565		implications.
7566	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7567		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7568		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7569		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7570	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7571		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7572		University of Texas.
7573	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7574		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7575		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7576		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7577	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7578		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7579		Data General.
7580	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7581		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7582		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7583	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7584		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7585		with a lot of arguments).
7586	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7587		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7588		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7589		Michigan.
7590	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7591		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7592		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7593		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7594		Thibault.
7595	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7596		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7597		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7598		some of the map code.
7599	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7600		with the binaries).
7601
76028.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7603	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7604		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7605		may have some security implications.
7606	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7607		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7608		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7609	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7610		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7611	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7612		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7613	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7614	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7615		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7616		option.
7617	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7618		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7619		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7620		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7621		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7622		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7623		Rochester.
7624	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7625		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7626		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7627	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7628		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7629		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7630	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7631		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7632		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7633	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7634		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7635		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7636		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7637		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7638		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7639		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7640		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7641		messages.
7642	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7643		message to explain how much space was available and
7644		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7645		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7646	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7647		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7648		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7649		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7650		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7651		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7652		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7653		Kapor Enterprises.
7654	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7655		without recompiling.
7656	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7657		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7658		purely cosmetic.
7659	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7660		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7661		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7662	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7663		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7664		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7665		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7666		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7667		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7668		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7669	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7670		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7671		Wolfhugel.
7672	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7673		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7674		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7675		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7676		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7677		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7678		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7679		size around and can never start listening to connections
7680		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7681		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7682		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7683		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7684		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7685		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7686		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7687		implications.
7688	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7689		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7690	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7691		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7692		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7693	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7694		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7695		information.
7696	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7697		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7698		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7699		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7700		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7701		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7702		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7703	Portability fixes:
7704		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7705		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7706		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7707		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7708		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7709		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7710			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7711		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7712			Corporation.
7713		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7714		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7715			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7716		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7717	New Files:
7718		src/Makefile.CLIX
7719		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7720		doc/changes/Makefile
7721		doc/changes/changes.me
7722		doc/changes/changes.ps
7723
77248.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7725	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7726		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7727		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7728
77298.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7730	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7731		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7732		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7733		list.
7734
77358.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7736	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7737		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7738		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7739		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7740		valid shell.
7741	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7742		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7743		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7744		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7745		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7746		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7747	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7748		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7749		from a local user to another local user.  From
7750		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7751	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7752		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7753		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7754	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7755		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7756		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7757		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7758		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7759		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7760		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7761		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7762		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7763	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7764		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7765		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7766	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7767		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7768		BSD-like system.
7769	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7770		protocol entirely.
7771	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7772		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7773		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7774		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7775		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7776	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7777	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7778		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7779		files.
7780	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7781		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7782		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7783	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7784		of CMU.
7785	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7786		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7787		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7788	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7789		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7790		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7791		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7792	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7793		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7794		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7795		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7796		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7797		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7798	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7799		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7800	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7801		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7802		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7803		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7804		Motonori Nakamura.
7805	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7806		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7807		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7808	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7809		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7810		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7811		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7812	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7813		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7814		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7815	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7816		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7817		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7818	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7819		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7820		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7821		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7822	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7823		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7824		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7825		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7826	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7827		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7828		didn't see the class items being added.
7829	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7830		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7831		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7832		Rutgers.
7833	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7834		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7835	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7836		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7837		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
7838		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7839		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7840		the problem myself.
7841	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7842		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7843		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7844		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7845	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7846		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7847		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
7848		UUNET.
7849	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7850		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
7851		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
7852		John Oleynick.
7853	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7854		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
7855		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7856	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7857		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
7858		Nakamura.
7859	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7860		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7861		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7862		University of Washington.
7863	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7864		don't have an ``=value'' part.
7865	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7866		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
7867		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7868		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7869		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7870		of Cambridge University.
7871	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7872		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7873		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7874	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7875		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7876		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7877	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7878		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
7879		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7880		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7881		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7882		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
7883		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7884		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7885		a chance.
7886	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7887		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7888	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7889		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7890		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7891		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
7892		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7893		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
7894		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7895		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7896	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
7897		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7898	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7899	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7900		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7901		size for various mailers.
7902	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7903		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7904		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7905	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7906		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7907		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7908	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7909	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7910		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
7911		system.
7912	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7913		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
7914		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7915	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7916		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
7917		Michel of Thomson CSF.
7918	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7919		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7920		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7921		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7922		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7923		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7924		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7925		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
7926		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7927		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7928		University of Sydney.
7929	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7930		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7931		This is because of the known bug where definition of
7932		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7933		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7934	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7935		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7936		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
7937		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
7938		Suominen.
7939	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7940		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7941		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7942		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7943	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
7944		Suominen.
7945	Portability fixes:
7946		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7947		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7948		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7949		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7950		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7951		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7952		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7953		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7954		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7955	NEW FILES:
7956		src/Makefile.DomainOS
7957		src/Makefile.PTX
7958		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7959		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7960		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7961		src/mailq.1
7962		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7963		doc/op/Makefile
7964		doc/intro/Makefile
7965		doc/usenix/Makefile
7966
79678.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
7968	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7969		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
7970		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7971	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7972		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
7973		permissions they should not have had (usually group
7974		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
7975		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7976	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7977		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7978		Although this does not respond to a specific known
7979		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
7980		Christian Wettergren.
7981	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7982		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7983		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7984		program by putting that in their .forward file.
7985		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7986		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7987		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
7988		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
7989		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7990		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7991		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7992		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7993		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7994		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7995	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7996		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
7997		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7998		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7999	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8000		connection to create problems on the current job.
8001		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8002		the wrong place.
8003	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8004		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8005		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8006		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8007	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8008		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8009	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8010		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8011		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8012	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8013		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8014		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8015		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8016		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8017	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8018		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8019		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8020	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8021		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8022		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8023	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8024		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8025	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8026		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8027		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8028		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8029	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8030		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8031		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8032	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8033		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8034		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8035	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8036		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8037		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8038	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8039		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8040		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8041		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8042		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8043		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8044	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8045		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8046		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8047		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8048	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8049		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8050		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8051		dot convention.
8052	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8053		of from a clean exit.
8054	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8055		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8056		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8057	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8058		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8059		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8060		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8061	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8062		Jones of UUNET.
8063	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8064		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8065		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8066		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8067	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8068		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8069		says that they should be ignored.
8070	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8071		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8072		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8073		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8074		is not reentrant.
8075	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8076		documented in the Bat Book.
8077	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8078		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8079		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8080		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8081	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8082		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8083		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8084		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8085		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8086	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8087		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8088	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8089		of Kyoto University.
8090	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8091		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8092	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8093		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8094	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8095		Bryan Costales.
8096	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8097		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8098	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8099		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8100		Nakamura.
8101	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8102		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8103		illegal addresses appearing there).
8104	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8105		BB&N.
8106	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8107		included.
8108	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8109		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8110	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8111		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8112		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8113		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8114	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8115		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8116	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8117		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8118		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8119	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8120		to include a host name or other useful information.
8121	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8122		DeMarco.
8123	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8124		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8125		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8126		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8127		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8128	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8129		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8130	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8131		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8132		this properly).
8133	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8134		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8135		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8136	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8137		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8138		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8139		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8140		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8141		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8142		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8143		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8144	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8145		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8146		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8147		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8148		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8149		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8150		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8151	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8152		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8153		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8154		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8155	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8156		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8157	Portability fixes for:
8158		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8159		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8160		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8161		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8162		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8163			of Stoner Associates.
8164		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8165		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8166			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8167			of Maryland.
8168		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8169		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8170		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8171		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8172		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8173		RISC/os.
8174		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8175			at Chico.
8176		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8177		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8178		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8179			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8180			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8181	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8182		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8183		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8184		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8185		addresses when relaying internally.
8186	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8187		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8188		provided by Peter Wemm.
8189	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8190		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8191		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8192	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8193		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8194	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8195		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8196		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8197		names.
8198	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8199		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8200		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8201	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8202		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8203		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8204		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8205		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8206	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8207		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8208	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8209	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8210		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8211		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8212		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8213		of Georgia Tech.
8214	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8215		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8216	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8217		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8218		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8219		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8220		the local name prepended.
8221	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8222	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8223	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8224		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8225	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8226		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8227		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8228	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8229		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8230			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8231		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8232			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8233			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8234			cause some .forward files that have worked
8235			before to start failing.
8236		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8237	NEW FILES:
8238		src/Makefile.DGUX
8239		src/Makefile.Dynix
8240		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8241		src/Makefile.Mach386
8242		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8243		src/Makefile.RISCos
8244		src/Makefile.SCO
8245		src/Makefile.SVR4
8246		src/Makefile.Titan
8247		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8248		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8249		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8250		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8251		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8252		makemap/Makefile.dist
8253		praliases/Makefile.dist
8254
82558.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8256	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8257		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8258		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8259	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8260		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8261		class of attack.
8262	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8263		in a few critical places.
8264	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8265		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8266		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8267		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8268		and High-Energy Physics.
8269	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8270		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8271		Eric Wassenaar.
8272	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8273		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8274		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8275		Wassenaar.
8276	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8277		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8278		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8279		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8280	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8281		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8282		these can have different values depending on which
8283		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8284	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8285		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8286	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8287		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8288		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8289		postmaster" case.
8290	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8291	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8292		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8293	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8294		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8295		Christopher Davis.
8296	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8297		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8298		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8299		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8300	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8301		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8302
83038.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8304	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8305		addresses that get return-receipts.
8306	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8307		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8308		and end up sending the message several times.
8309	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8310		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8311		four hours".
8312	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8313		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8314		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8315		Cornell University Medical College.
8316	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8317		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8318		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8319		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8320		Wassenaar.
8321	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8322		connections fail during message collection.  From
8323		Eric Wassenaar.
8324	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8325		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8326		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8327		Stratus.
8328	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8329		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8330		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8331	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8332		by non-root users were not put into
8333		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8334		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8335		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8336	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8337		could get confused as to whether a database was
8338		open or not.
8339	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8340		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8341		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8342		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8343		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8344	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8345		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8346		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8347	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8348
83498.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8350	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8351	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8352		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8353		propagated to the queue file.
8354
83558.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8356	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8357		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8358	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8359		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8360		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8361		header files but don't have the syscall.
8362	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8363		if trymx == FALSE.
8364	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8365		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8366		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8367		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8368	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8369		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8370	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8371		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8372		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8373		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8374		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8375		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8376		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8377	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8378		Kanbe.
8379	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8380		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8381		Wisner of The Well.
8382	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8383		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8384	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8385		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8386		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8387		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8388		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8389		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8390		read permission.
8391	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8392		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8393		MX suppression will still work.
8394	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8395		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8396		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8397		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8398	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8399		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8400		Nakamura.
8401	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8402		"CX $Z" works.
8403	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8404		trying to send the original message if the connection
8405		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8406		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8407		by John Myers of CMU.
8408	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8409		term bug.
8410	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8411		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8412		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8413		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8414		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8415		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8416	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8417	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8418		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8419	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8420		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8421		level.
8422	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8423		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8424		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8425		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8426		address.
8427	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8428		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8429		Harvey Mudd College.
8430	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8431		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8432		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8433		their full name information.
8434	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8435		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8436		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8437	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8438		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8439	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8440		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8441		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8442		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8443	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8444		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8445		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8446		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8447	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8448		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8449		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8450		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8451		names.
8452	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8453		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8454		helpful.
8455	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8456		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8457		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8458		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8459	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8460		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8461		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8462	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8463		that claims to be itself works properly.
8464	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8465		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8466		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8467		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8468	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8469		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8470		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8471	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8472		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8473		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8474		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8475		scratch.
8476	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8477		true address to still send to the original address
8478		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8479		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8480		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8481	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8482		more trouble than it was worth.
8483	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8484		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8485		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8486	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8487		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8488		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8489	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8490		the queue.
8491	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8492		messages don't come out with stale information.
8493	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8494		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8495	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8496		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8497		Myers of CMU.
8498	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8499		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8500		Corrigan.
8501	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8502		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8503		sender address.
8504	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8505	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8506	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8507		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8508		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8509		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8510		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8511		that does bulk data transfer).
8512	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8513		Amir Plivatsky.
8514	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8515		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8516		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8517		bogus config files that were not caught.
8518	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8519		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8520	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8521		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8522		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8523	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8524		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8525	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8526		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8527		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8528		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8529	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8530		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8531	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8532		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8533	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8534		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8535	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8536		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8537		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8538		Melbourne.
8539	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8540		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8541		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8542		to match regular entries.
8543	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8544		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8545	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8546		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8547	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8548		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8549		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8550	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8551		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8552		messages is the best possible.
8553	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8554		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8555		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8556	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8557		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8558	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8559		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8560	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8561		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8562	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8563	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8564		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8565		on the address.
8566	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8567		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8568		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8569		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8570		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8571	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8572	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8573	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8574		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8575		addresses in any detail.
8576	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8577		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8578	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8579		with an address such as "!foo".
8580	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8581		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8582		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8583		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8584		Bret Marquis.
8585
85868.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8587	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8588		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8589		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8590		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8591	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8592		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8593		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8594		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8595		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8596		Nakamura.
8597	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8598		are no DNS records matching the name.
8599	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8600		original message was received ... from localhost".
8601		The correct original host information is now included.
8602	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8603		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8604		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8605	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8606		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8607	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8608		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8609		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8610		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8611		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8612		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8613		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8614		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8615
86168.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8617	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8618		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8619		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8620		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8621		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8622		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8623		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8624		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8625		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8626		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8627		UIUC sendmail.
8628	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8629		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8630		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8631		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8632		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8633		by Neil Rickert.
8634	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8635		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8636		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8637		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8638		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8639		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8640		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8641		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8642		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8643		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8644	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8645		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8646		humans.
8647	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8648		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8649	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8650		repaired).
8651	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8652		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8653		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8654		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8655	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8656		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8657		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8658	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8659		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8660		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8661		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8662		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8663	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8664		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8665		core dumps on some machines.
8666	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8667		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8668		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8669		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8670		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8671		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8672		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8673		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8674		some true error conditions.
8675	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8676		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8677		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8678		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8679	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8680		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8681		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8682		by Motonori Nakamura.
8683	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8684		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8685		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8686		a queue run than a direct run.
8687	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8688		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8689		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8690	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8691		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8692		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8693		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8694		restart it.
8695	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8696		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8697		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8698		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8699		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8700		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8701		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8702		is appropriately functional.
8703	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8704		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8705		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8706		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8707	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8708		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8709		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8710		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8711		Technologies.
8712	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8713		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8714		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8715		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8716		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8717		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8718		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8719		things.
8720	Portability changes:
8721		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8722			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8723			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8724			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8725			of Colorado.
8726		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8727			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8728		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8729			Corporation.
8730		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8731			documentation apparently doesn't define
8732			__STDC__ by default).
8733		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8734		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8735			Motonori Nakamura.
8736	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8737	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8738		several people have made a good argument that this
8739		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8740		may prove painful in the short run).
8741	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8742		format.
8743	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8744		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8745		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8746	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8747		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8748		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8749		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8750		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8751	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8752		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8753		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8754		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8755	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8756		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8757		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8758		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8759	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8760		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8761		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8762		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8763		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8764	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8765		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8766
87678.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8768	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8769		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8770		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8771		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8772		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8773		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8774		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8775		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8776		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8777	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8778		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8779		"user friendly".
8780	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8781		16 bytes/sec.
8782	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8783		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8784		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8785		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8786		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8787		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8788		for quick test cases.
8789	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8790		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8791		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8792		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8793	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8794		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8795		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8796	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8797		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8798		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8799		From Michael Corrigan.
8800	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8801		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8802		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8803	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8804		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8805		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8806	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8807		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8808		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8809	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8810
88118.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8812	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8813	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8814		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8815		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8816	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8817	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8818		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8819		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8820		from Bill Wisner.
8821	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8822		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8823	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8824		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8825		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8826	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8827		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8828		match the other flags in that file.
8829	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8830	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8831		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8832	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8833		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8834		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8835	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8836		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8837	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8838		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8839		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
8840	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8841		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8842		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8843	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8844		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
8845		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8846		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
8847		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8848	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8849		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8850		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8851		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8852		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8853		the root and directories leading up to your home);
8854		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8855		be owned by you.
8856	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8857		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8858		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8859		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8860	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8861	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8862	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8863		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
8864		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8865		is separate; this is just intended to work around
8866		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8867		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8868	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8869		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8870		matching without a null it never tries again with a
8871		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
8872		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8873		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
8874		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
8875		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8876		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8877		it adapts.
8878	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8879		will insert the appropriate full name information;
8880		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8881		way.
8882	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8883		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8884		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8885	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8886		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8887		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8888		only happen when there has been another error in the
8889		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
8890		by default in conf.h.
8891	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8892		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
8893		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8894		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8895		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8896		This output is not intended to be particularly human
8897		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8898		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8899	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
8900		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8901		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8902		See cf/README for an example.
8903	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8904		sites that don't use the -d flag.
8905	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8906		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8907		has been requested by several people, but can break
8908		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8909		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8910		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8911		broken.  Use it sparingly.
8912	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
8913		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
8914		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8915	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
8916		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8917		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
8918		Bill Wisner of The Well.
8919	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8920		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
8921		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8922
89238.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
8924	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8925		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8926	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8927		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8928		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8929	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8930
89318.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
8932	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8933		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
8934		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8935
89368.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
8937	Another mailertable fix....
8938
89398.1/8.1		1993/06/07
8940	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
8941